TĂNG CHI BỘ KINH
Aṅguttaranikāya
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa
Aṅguttaranikāyo
Pańcakanipātapāḷi
1. Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ
1. Sekhabalavaggo
1. Saṃkhittasuttaṃ
1. Evaṃ me
sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane
anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
Bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, sekhabalāni [sekkhabalāni
(ka.)]. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ [hiribalaṃ
(sī. pī.)], ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ [viriyabalaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca
sekhabalāni.
‘‘Tasmātiha , bhikkhave, evaṃ
sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena,
hirībalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, ottappabalena samannāgatā
bhavissāma sekhabalena, vīriyabalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena,
pańńābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. Evańhi vo, bhikkhave,
sikkhitabba’’nti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato
bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Vitthatasuttaṃ
2. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ,
ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ. Katamańca, bhikkhave,
saddhābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati
tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā
devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, hirībalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirimā
hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati
pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
hirībalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena,
ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Idaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, ottappabalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ
dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu
dhammesu. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pańńavā
hoti udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya
samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca sekhabalāni.
‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ –
‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena…
ottappabalena … vīriyabalena…
pańńābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. Evańhi kho,
bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Dukkhasuttaṃ
3. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati
savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati
pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti,
ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, duppańńo hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ
viharati savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ
maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme
sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ
maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā
hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa
ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Yathābhatasuttaṃ
4. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti,
ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti ,
kusīto hoti , duppańńo hoti.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi
pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī
hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti.
Catutthaṃ.
5. Sikkhāsuttaṃ
5. ‘‘Yo hi koci,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati,
tassa diṭṭheva [diṭṭhe
ceva (sī.)] dhamme
pańca sahadhammikā vādānupātā [vādānuvādā
(a. ni. 8.12; a. ni. 3.58)] gārayhā
ṭhānā āgacchanti. Katame pańca? Saddhāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu
dhammesu, hirīpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, ottappampi nāma
te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyampi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu,
pańńāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
vā bhikkhunī vā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme
ime pańca sahadhammikā vādānupātā gārayhā ṭhānā āgacchanti.
‘‘Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi
domanassena assumukho [assumukhopi
(syā.)] rudamāno
paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pańca
sahadhammikā pāsaṃsā ṭhānā [pāsaṃsaṃ
ṭhānaṃ (syā.)] āgacchanti.
Katame pańca? Saddhāpi nāma
te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, hirīpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu,
ottappampi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyampi nāma te ahosi
kusalesu dhammesu, pańńāpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu. Yo hi koci,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena
assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa
diṭṭheva dhamme ime pańca
sahadhammikā pāsaṃsā ṭhānā āgacchantī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Samāpattisuttaṃ
6. ‘‘Na tāva,
bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva saddhā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, saddhā antarahitā hoti,
asaddhiyaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.
‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva hirī paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, hirī antarahitā hoti,
ahirikaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.
‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva ottappaṃ
paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, ottappaṃ
antarahitaṃ hoti, anottappaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa
samāpatti hoti.
‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave,
akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva vīriyaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti kusalesu
dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, vīriyaṃ antarahitaṃ hoti, kosajjaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya
tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.
‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva pańńā paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, pańńā antarahitā hoti,
duppańńā [duppańńaṃ
(ka.)] pariyuṭṭhāya
tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hotī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Kāmasuttaṃ
7. ‘‘Yebhuyyena,
bhikkhave, sattā kāmesu laḷitā [palāḷitā
(sī.)]. Asitabyābhaṅgiṃ [asitabyābhaṅgi
cepi (?)], bhikkhave, kulaputto ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajito hoti, ‘saddhāpabbajito kulaputto’ti alaṃ vacanāya. Taṃ kissa
hetu? Labbhā [labbhā
hi (syā.)], bhikkhave, yobbanena kāmā te ca kho yādisā vā tādisā
vā. Ye ca, bhikkhave, hīnā kāmā ye ca majjhimā kāmā ye ca paṇītā kāmā ,
sabbe kāmā ‘kāmā’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Seyyathāpi ,
bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako dhātiyā pamādamanvāya
kaṭṭhaṃ vā kaṭhalaṃ [kathalaṃ
(ka.)] vā mukhe
āhareyya. Tamenaṃ dhāti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ [sīghasīghaṃ
(sī.)] manasi kareyya;
sīghaṃ sīghaṃ manasi karitvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ āhareyya. No ce sakkuṇeyya
sīghaṃ sīghaṃ āharituṃ, vāmena hatthena sīsaṃ pariggahetvā dakkhiṇena
hatthena vaṅkaṅguliṃ karitvā salohitampi āhareyya. Taṃ kissa hetu?
‘Atthesā, bhikkhave, kumārassa vihesā; nesā natthī’ti vadāmi.
Karaṇīyańca kho etaṃ [evaṃ
(ka.)], bhikkhave, dhātiyā atthakāmāya hitesiniyā anukampikāya,
anukampaṃ upādāya. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, so kumāro vuddho hoti
alaṃpańńo, anapekkhā dāni [anapekkhā
pana (sī. syā. kaṃ.)], bhikkhave, dhāti tasmiṃ kumāre hoti –
‘attagutto dāni kumāro nālaṃ pamādāyā’ti.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yāvakīvańca bhikkhuno saddhāya akataṃ hoti
kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena
akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena akataṃ hoti kusalesu
dhammesu, pańńāya akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anurakkhitabbo tāva me
so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno saddhāya
kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu,
ottappena kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena kataṃ hoti kusalesu
dhammesu, pańńāya kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anapekkho dānāhaṃ,
bhikkhave [panāhaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ.)], tasmiṃ bhikkhusmiṃ homi – ‘attagutto dāni
bhikkhu nālaṃ pamādāyā’’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Cavanasuttaṃ
8. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme.
Katamehi pańcahi? Asaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti
saddhamme . Ahiriko,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Anottappī,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Kusīto, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Duppańńo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Katamehi
pańcahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati ,
patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Hirīmā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti
saddhamme. Ottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme.
Āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme.
Pańńavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti
saddhamme’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Paṭhamaagāravasuttaṃ
9. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati,
nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Katamehi pańcahi? Assaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Ahiriko, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Anottappī,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme.
Kusīto , bhikkhave, bhikkhu
agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Duppańńo, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso
cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti
saddhamme. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo
sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Hirimā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Ottappī, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na
cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo
sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Pańńavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na
cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Dutiyaagāravasuttaṃ
10. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo
imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Katamehi
pańcahi? Assaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ
dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Ahiriko, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Anottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso
abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ.
Kusīto, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ
dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Duppańńo, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato
bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso
bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ.
Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo
imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Hirīmā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu…pe… ottappī,
bhikkhave , bhikkhu…pe…
āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu…pe… pańńavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave ,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ
dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjitu’’nti. Dasamaṃ.
Sekhabalavaggo paṭhamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Saṃkhittaṃ vitthataṃ dukkhā, bhataṃ sikkhāya pańcamaṃ;
Samāpatti ca kāmesu, cavanā dve agāravāti.
2. Balavaggo
1. Ananussutasuttaṃ
11. ‘‘Pubbāhaṃ ,
bhikkhave, ananussutesu dhammesu abhińńāvosānapāramippatto paṭijānāmi.
Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni, yehi balehi
samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ
nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavatteti. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ,
ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca
tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ
ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ
pavattetī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Kūṭasuttaṃ
12. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ,
ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca
sekhabalāni. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ sekhabalānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ
etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābalaṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave ,
kūṭāgārassa etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ
kūṭaṃ. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ sekhabalānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ
etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābalaṃ.
‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘saddhābalena samannāgatā
bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena… ottappabalena… vīriyabalena…
pańńābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. Evańhi vo, bhikkhave,
sikkhitabba’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Saṃkhittasuttaṃ
13. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ,
samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balānī’’ti.
Tatiyaṃ.
4. Vitthatasuttaṃ
14. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ,
samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho
hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro
purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti .
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ
dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu
dhammesu. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave ,
satibalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako satimā hoti paramena
satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ
jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ
sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca
viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhańca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā
ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako
satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; sukhassa ca
pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā
adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pańńavā
hoti udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā
dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ. Imāni kho,
bhikkhave, pańca balānī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Daṭṭhabbasuttaṃ
15. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ,
samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ .
Kattha ca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu.
Ettha saddhābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kattha ca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ
daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sammappadhānesu. Ettha vīriyabalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Kattha ca, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu. Ettha
satibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kattha ca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ?
Catūsu jhānesu. Ettha samādhibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kattha ca, bhikkhave,
pańńābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu ariyasaccesu. Ettha pańńābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balānī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Punakūṭasuttaṃ
16. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ,
samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balāni. Imesaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ balānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ
saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābalaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa
etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ kūṭaṃ. Evamevaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ balānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ
saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābala’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Paṭhamahitasuttaṃ
17. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no
parahitāya. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā
sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā
samādhisampanno hoti, no paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti; attanā
pańńāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā
vimuttisampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā
vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya
samādapeti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu
attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Dutiyahitasuttaṃ
18. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no
attahitāya. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā na
sīlasampanno hoti, paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
samādhisampanno hoti, paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
pańńāsampanno hoti, paraṃ pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
vimuttisampanno hoti, paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, paraṃ vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya
samādapeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāyā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Tatiyahitasuttaṃ
19. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti,
no parahitāya. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā na
sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
samādhisampanno hoti, no paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
pańńāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
vimuttisampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na
vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya
samādapeti. Imehi kho ,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu neva attahitāya
paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Catutthahitasuttaṃ
20. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti
parahitāya ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca
sīlasampanno hoti, parańca sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca
samādhisampanno hoti, parańca samādhisampadāya samādapeti, attanā ca
pańńāsampanno hoti, parańca pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca
vimuttisampanno hoti, parańca vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca
vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, parańca vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya
samādapeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Balavaggo dutiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Ananussutakūṭańca, saṃkhittaṃ vitthatena ca;
Daṭṭhabbańca puna kūṭaṃ, cattāropi hitena cāti.
3. Pańcaṅgikavaggo
1. Paṭhamaagāravasuttaṃ
21. ‘‘So vata,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso asabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu
ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sekhaṃ [sekkhaṃ
(ka.)] dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṃ
dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sīlāni paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘Sīlāni aparipūretvā sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘Sammādiṭṭhiṃ aparipūretvā sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ
vijjati.
‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso sabhāgavuttiko
‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ
paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sīlāni
paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sīlāni paripūretvā sammādiṭṭhiṃ
paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūretvā
sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyaagāravasuttaṃ
22. ‘‘So vata,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso asabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu
ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti
netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sīlakkhandhaṃ
paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sīlakkhandhaṃ aparipūretvā
samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘Samādhikkhandhaṃ aparipūretvā pańńākkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ
ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso sabhāgavuttiko
‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ
paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā
sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sīlakkhandhaṃ
paripūretvā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
‘Samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūretvā pańńākkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ
vijjatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Upakkilesasuttaṃ
23. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, jātarūpassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ
jātarūpaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu
ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya. Katame pańca? Ayo, lohaṃ, tipu, sīsaṃ,
sajjhaṃ [sajjhu (sī.)] –
ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca jātarūpassa upakkilesā , yehi upakkilesehi
upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca
pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya. Yato ca kho,
bhikkhave, jātarūpaṃ imehi pańcahi upakkilesehi vimuttaṃ [vippamuttaṃ
(sī.)] hoti, taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ mudu ca kammaniyańca
pabhassarańca na ca pabhaṅgu sammā upeti kammāya. Yassā yassā ca [yassa
kassaci (syā. pī.)] piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati – yadi muddikāya
yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya [gīveyyakena
(syā. kaṃ. ka., a. ni. 3.102)] yadi suvaṇṇamālāya – tańcassa
atthaṃ anubhoti.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime cittassa upakkilesā, yehi
upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ cittaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na
ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya.
Katame pańca? Kāmacchando, byāpādo, thinamiddhaṃ [thīnamiddhaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, vicikicchā – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca cittassa upakkilesā yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ
cittaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca
na ca sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, cittaṃ
imehi pańcahi upakkilesehi vimuttaṃ hoti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ mudu ca
kammaniyańca pabhassarańca na ca pabhaṅgu sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ
khayāya. Yassa yassa ca abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ
abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ
pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ – ekopi
hutvā bahudhā assaṃ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṃ; āvibhāvaṃ, tirobhāvaṃ;
tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi
ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ kareyyaṃ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi
abhijjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena
kameyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye [candimasuriye
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā
parimaseyyaṃ [parāmaseyyaṃ
(ka.)] parimajjeyyaṃ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyya’nti,
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya
atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇeyyaṃ – dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre
santike cā’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca
pajāneyyaṃ – sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā
cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti
pajāneyyaṃ, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, samohaṃ
vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ vītamohaṃ
cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṃkhittaṃ cittanti
pajāneyyaṃ, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ,
mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, amahaggataṃ vā
cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sauttaraṃ
cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ,
samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ
asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti
pajāneyyaṃ, avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyya’nti, tatra
tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ,
seyyathidaṃ [seyyathīdaṃ (sī.
syā. kaṃ. pī.)] – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo
catassopi jātiyo pańcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi
jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo pańńāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi
jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe
anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo
evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto
amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro
evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto
idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ
anussareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati
āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena
satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe,
sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṃ – ime vata bhonto sattā
kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena
samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā,
te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā
vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ
anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannāti, iti dibbena cakkhunā
visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne
hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte
pajāneyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ
pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati
āyatane’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Dussīlasuttaṃ
24.[a.
ni. 5.168; 6.50; 7.65] ‘‘Dussīlassa , bhikkhave, sīlavipannassa
hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati
sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ;
yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso
hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa
hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, rukkho
sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi na
pāripūriṃ gacchati, pheggupi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, sāropi na pāripūriṃ
gacchati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso
hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa
hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati
yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo;
nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti
vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ.
‘‘Sīlavato, bhikkhave, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti
sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa
upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati
yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo;
nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti
vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno.
Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi pāripūriṃ gacchati, pheggupi
pāripūriṃ gacchati, sāropi pāripūriṃ gacchati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi;
sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti
yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati
yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo;
nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti
vimuttińāṇadassana’’nti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Anuggahitasuttaṃ
25. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti
cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca hoti
pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha , bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sīlānuggahitā ca hoti,
sutānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacchānuggahitā ca hoti, samathānuggahitā ca
hoti, vipassanānuggahitā ca hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi
anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā
ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca hoti pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā cā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Vimuttāyatanasuttaṃ
26.
‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, vimuttāyatanāni yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa
ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati,
aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ
yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti
ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tassa
bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti, ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī,
tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī
ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ [pāmujjaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ.) dī. ni. 3.322] jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati.
Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti [vediyati
(sī.)]. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ
vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa
viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ
gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti,
ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ
yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. Yathā yathā,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ
deseti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti
dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino
pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati.
Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino
pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā
āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ
anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti,
ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ
dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ
dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave , bhikkhu
yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti tathā
tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca.
Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati.
Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo
sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ
vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino…pe… yogakkhemaṃ
anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti,
ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ
dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ
dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti; api ca kho yathāsutaṃ
yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti
manasānupekkhati. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ
yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati
tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī
ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati.
Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo
sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ
vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa
viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ
gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti
ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ
dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti , nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ
dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ
dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati; api ca khvassa
ańńataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ
suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ańńataraṃ
samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ
suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca
hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino
pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati.
Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino
pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā
āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ
anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca vimuttāyatanāni yattha bhikkhuno
appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ
vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā
anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Samādhisuttaṃ
27. ‘‘Samādhiṃ,
bhikkhave, bhāvetha appamāṇaṃ nipakā patissatā. Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave,
bhāvayataṃ appamāṇaṃ nipakānaṃ patissatānaṃ pańca ńāṇāni paccattańńeva
uppajjanti. Katamāni pańca? ‘Ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho ceva āyatińca
sukhavipāko’ti paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘ayaṃ samādhi ariyo
nirāmiso’ti paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘ayaṃ samādhi
akāpurisasevito’ti [mahāpurisasevitoti
(ka.)] paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘ayaṃ samādhi santopaṇīto
paṭippassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvādhigato, na
saṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti [na
ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritappatitoti (sī.), na ca
sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritapattoti (syā.), na ca
sasaṅkhāraniggayhavārivāvaṭoti (ka.), na
sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāriyādhigatoti (?) dī. ni. 3.355; a. ni. 3.102; 9.27]paccattańńeva
ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘sato kho panāhaṃ imaṃ samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti [so
kho panāhaṃ imaṃ samādhiṃ satova samāpajjāmi, sato uṭṭhahāmīti (sī. syā.
kaṃ.)] paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati.
‘‘Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha appamāṇaṃ nipakā patissatā. Samādhiṃ,
bhikkhave, bhāvayataṃ appamāṇaṃ nipakānaṃ patissatānaṃ imāni pańca
ńāṇāni paccattańńeva uppajjantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Pańcaṅgikasuttaṃ
28. ‘‘Ariyassa ,
bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa bhāvanaṃ desessāmi. Taṃ
suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho
te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ariyassa pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa bhāvanā?
Idha, bhikkhave , bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena
abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato
kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
dakkho nhāpako [nahāpako (sī.
pī.)] vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni [nahānīyacuṇṇāni
(sī. pī.)] ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya.
Sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi [sāssa
nahānīyapiṇḍī (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] snehānugatā snehaparetā
santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharinī. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti
paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena
pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa
sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ paṭhamā bhāvanā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ
jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ samādhijena pītisukhena
abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato
kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako [ubbhitodako
(syā. kaṃ. ka.)]. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa
āyamukhaṃ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na uttarāya
disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, devo
ca kālena kālaṃ sammā dhāraṃ nānuppaveccheyya [devo
ca na kālena… anupaveccheyya (dī. ni. 1.227 ādayo; ma. ni. 2.251 ādayo].
Atha kho tamhāva udakarahadā sītā vāridhārā ubbhijjitvā tameva
udakarahadaṃ sītena vārinā abhisandeyya parisandeyya paripūreyya
paripphareyya; nāssa kińci sabbāvato udakarahadassa sītena vārinā
apphuṭaṃ assa. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ
samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati;
nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ dutiyā bhāvanā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti
parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa
nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uppaliniyaṃ vā
paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā
puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto
nimuggaposīni. Tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni
parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni; nāssa kińci sabbāvataṃ uppalānaṃ vā
padumānaṃ vā puṇḍarīkānaṃ vā sītena vārinā apphuṭaṃ assa. Evamevaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti
parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa
nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa
sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ tatiyā bhāvanā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṃ
jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā
pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa
parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
puriso odātena vatthena sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisinno assa; nāssa kińci
sabbāvato kāyassa odātena vatthena apphuṭaṃ assa. Evamevaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena
pharitvā nisinno hoti; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa parisuddhena cetasā
pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa
sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ catutthā bhāvanā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ
hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya. Seyyathāpi,
bhikkhave, ańńova ańńaṃ [ańńo vā
ańńaṃ vā (sī.), ańńo vā ańńaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), ańńo ańńaṃ (?)] paccavekkheyya,
ṭhito vā nisinnaṃ paccavekkheyya, nisinno vā nipannaṃ paccavekkheyya.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti
sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya. Ariyassa, bhikkhave,
pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ pańcamā [pańcamī
(sī.)] bhāvanā. Evaṃ bhāvite kho , bhikkhave, bhikkhu [evaṃ
bhāvite kho bhikkhave (sī.)] ariye pańcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi
evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ
abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ
pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakamaṇiko ādhāre ṭhapito pūro udakassa
samatittiko kākapeyyo . Tamenaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya [āvaṭṭeyya
(syā. kaṃ.)], āgaccheyya udaka’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ .
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pańcaṅgike
sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa
dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva
sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, same bhūmibhāge pokkharaṇī caturaṃsā ālibaddhā
pūrā udakassa samatittikā kākapeyyā. Tamenaṃ balavā puriso yato yato
āliṃ muńceyya, āgaccheyya udaka’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evamevaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pańcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ
bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa…pe… sati sati
āyatane.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe
(sī. pī.), catummahāpathe (syā. kaṃ.)] ājańńaratho yutto assa
ṭhito odhastapatodo . Tamenaṃ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi
abhiruhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṃ
gahetvā yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. Evamevaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pańcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ
bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ
abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ
pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ – ekopi
hutvā bahudhā assaṃ…pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyya’nti,
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya
atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇeyyaṃ – dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre
santike cā’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace akaṅkhati – ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca
pajāneyyaṃ – sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā
cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ… vītadosaṃ vā
cittaṃ… samohaṃ vā cittaṃ… vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ… saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ…
vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ… mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ… amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ…
sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ… anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ… samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ…
asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ… vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ… avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ
cittanti pajāneyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati
āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ,
seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ, dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ
pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajāneyya’nti, tatra
tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ
pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati
āyatane’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Caṅkamasuttaṃ
29. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, caṅkame ānisaṃsā. Katame pańca? Addhānakkhamo hoti,
padhānakkhamo hoti, appābādho hoti, asitaṃ pītaṃ khāyitaṃ sāyitaṃ sammā
pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, caṅkamādhigato samādhi ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca caṅkame ānisaṃsā’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Nāgitasuttaṃ
30. Evaṃ me
sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā
bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena icchānaṅgalaṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo
tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati
icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Assosuṃ kho icchānaṅgalakā [icchānaṅgalikā
(sī.) a. ni. 6.42; a. ni. 8.86] brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo
khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṃ anuppatto;
icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ
gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro
purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So imaṃ
lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ
sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti
ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ,
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana
tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti. Atha kho icchānaṅgalakā
brāhmaṇagahapatikā tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ
ādāya yena icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā
bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhaṃsu uccāsaddamahāsaddā.
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho
bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nāgitaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke pana kho, nāgita,
uccāsaddamahāsaddā, kevaṭṭā mańńe macchavilope’’ti? ‘‘Ete, bhante,
icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya
bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantańńeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghańcā’’ti.
‘‘Māhaṃ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita,
nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa
sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṃ
nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa
nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. So taṃ [sohaṃ
(ka.), so (syā. kaṃ.)] mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ
lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyyā’’ti.
‘‘Adhivāsetu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, adhivāsetu sugato; adhivāsanakālo
dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati taṃninnāva
gamissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Seyyathāpi,
bhante, thullaphusitake deve vassante yathāninnaṃ udakāni pavattanti;
evamevaṃ kho, bhante, yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati, taṃninnāva
gamissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapańńāṇa’’nti.
‘‘Māhaṃ , nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita,
nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa
sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṃ
nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa
nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. So taṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ
lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyya. Asitapītakhāyitasāyitassa kho,
nāgita, uccārapassāvo – eso tassa nissando. Piyānaṃ kho, nāgita,
vipariṇāmańńathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā – eso
tassa nissando. Asubhanimittānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa kho, nāgita,
subhanimitte pāṭikulyatā [paṭikkūlatā
(sī.), paṭikkūlyatā (syā. kaṃ.)] saṇṭhāti – eso tassa nissando.
Chasu kho, nāgita, phassāyatanesu aniccānupassino viharato phasse
pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti – eso tassa nissando. Pańcasu kho, nāgita,
upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato upādāne pāṭikulyatā
saṇṭhāti – eso tassa nissando’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Pańcaṅgikavaggo tatiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Dve agāravupakkilesā, dussīlānuggahitena ca;
Vimuttisamādhipańcaṅgikā, caṅkamaṃ nāgitena cāti.
4. Sumanavaggo
1. Sumanasuttaṃ
31. Ekaṃ samayaṃ…pe…
anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho sumanā rājakumārī pańcahi rathasatehi
pańcahi rājakumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ
nisinnā kho sumanā rājakumārī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Idhassu, bhante, bhagavato dve sāvakā samasaddhā samasīlā samapańńā –
eko dāyako, eko adāyako. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyuṃ. Devabhūtānaṃ pana nesaṃ [tesaṃ
(sī.)], bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti?
‘‘Siyā, sumane’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ
adāyakaṃ devabhūto samāno pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – dibbena āyunā,
dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena.
Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ devabhūto samāno imehi pańcahi
ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti’’.
‘‘Sace pana te, bhante, tato cutā itthattaṃ āgacchanti, manussabhūtānaṃ
pana nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Siyā,
sumane’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ
manussabhūto samāno pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – mānusakena āyunā,
mānusakena vaṇṇena, mānusakena sukhena, mānusakena yasena, mānusakena
ādhipateyyena. Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ manussabhūto
samāno imehi pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti’’.
‘‘Sace pana te, bhante, ubho
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, pabbajitānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante ,
siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Siyā, sumane’’ti bhagavā avoca –
‘‘yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ pabbajito samāno pańcahi
ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ
ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ
ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ ayācito, yācitova
bahulaṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ ayācito.
Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharati tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṃ
kāyakammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṃ
vacīkammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṃ
manokammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpaṃyeva bahulaṃ upahāraṃ
upaharanti appaṃ amanāpaṃ .
Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ pabbajito samāno imehi pańcahi
ṭhānehi adhigaṇhātī’’ti.
‘‘Sace pana te, bhante, ubho arahattaṃ pāpuṇanti, arahattappattānaṃ pana
nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Ettha kho panesāhaṃ,
sumane, na kińci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ vimuttiyā vimutti’’nti [vimuttanti
(syā. kaṃ.)].
‘‘Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāvańcidaṃ, bhante, alameva
dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ puńńāni kātuṃ; yatra hi nāma devabhūtassāpi upakārāni
puńńāni, manussabhūtassāpi upakārāni puńńāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni
puńńānī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, sumane! Alańhi, sumane, dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ
puńńāni kātuṃ! Devabhūtassāpi upakārāni puńńāni, manussabhūtassāpi
upakārāni puńńāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni puńńānī’’ti .
Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna [idaṃ
vatvā (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] sugato
athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
‘‘Yathāpi cando vimalo, gacchaṃ ākāsadhātuyā;
Sabbe tārāgaṇe loke, ābhāya atirocati.
‘‘Tatheva sīlasampanno, saddho purisapuggalo;
Sabbe maccharino loke, cāgena atirocati.
‘‘Yathāpi megho thanayaṃ,
vijjumālī satakkaku;
Thalaṃ ninnańca pūreti, abhivassaṃ vasundharaṃ.
‘‘Evaṃ dassanasampanno, sammāsambuddhasāvako;
Macchariṃ adhigaṇhāti, pańcaṭhānehi paṇḍito.
‘‘Āyunā yasasā ceva [āyunā
ca yasena ca (ka.)], vaṇṇena ca sukhena ca;
Sa ve bhogaparibyūḷho [bhogaparibbūḷho
(sī.)], pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. paṭhamaṃ;
2. Cundīsuttaṃ
32. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho cundī
rājakumārī pańcahi rathasatehi pańcahi ca kumārisatehi parivutā yena
bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho cundī rājakumārī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Amhākaṃ, bhante, bhātā cundo nāma rājakumāro,
so evamāha – ‘yadeva so hoti itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato,
dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato,
adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato,
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggati’nti. Sāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ
pucchāmi – ‘kathaṃrūpe kho, bhante, satthari pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ
maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Kathaṃrūpe dhamme pasanno
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ?
Kathaṃrūpe saṅghe pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva
upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Kathaṃrūpesu sīlesu paripūrakārī kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggati’’’nti?
‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā [apādā
vā dvīpādā vācatuppādā vā bahuppādā vā (sī.) a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90] rūpino
vā arūpino vā sańńino vā asańńino vā nevasańńināsańńino vā, tathāgato
tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho. Ye kho, cundi, buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho
pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.
‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, dhammā saṅkhatā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo tesaṃ
aggamakkhāyati. Ye, cundi, ariye aṭṭhaṅgike magge pasannā, agge te
pasannā, agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.
‘‘Yāvatā , cundi, dhammā
saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ [tesaṃ
dhammānaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] aggamakkhāyati,
yadidaṃ – madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭupacchedo
taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ye kho, cundi ,
virāge dhamme pasannā, agge
te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.
‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ
aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ – cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo
anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa. Ye kho, cundi, saṅghe pasannā, agge te
pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.
‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, sīlāni, ariyakantāni sīlāni tesaṃ [ariyakantānitesaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ.)] aggamakkhāyati,
yadidaṃ – akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni
vińńuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Ye kho, cundi,
ariyakantesu sīlesu paripūrakārino, agge te paripūrakārino. Agge kho
pana paripūrakārīnaṃ aggo vipāko hotī’’ti.
‘‘Aggato ve pasannānaṃ, aggaṃ dhammaṃ vijānataṃ;
Agge buddhe pasannānaṃ, dakkhiṇeyye anuttare.
‘‘Agge dhamme pasannānaṃ, virāgūpasame sukhe;
Agge saṅghe pasannānaṃ, puńńakkhette anuttare.
‘‘Aggasmiṃ dānaṃ dadataṃ,
aggaṃ puńńaṃ pavaḍḍhati;
Aggaṃ āyu ca vaṇṇo ca, yaso kitti sukhaṃ balaṃ.
‘‘Aggassa dātā medhāvī, aggadhammasamāhito;
Devabhūto manusso vā, aggappatto pamodatī’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
3. Uggahasuttaṃ
33. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā
yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca –
‘‘Adhivāsetu me, bhante,
bhagavā svātanāya attacatuttho bhatta’’nti .
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavato
adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi.
Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaramādāya yena uggahassa meṇḍakanattuno nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā
bhagavantaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi
sampavāresi. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ
onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggaho
meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imā me, bhante, kumāriyo
patikulāni gamissanti. Ovadatu tāsaṃ, bhante, bhagavā; anusāsatu tāsaṃ,
bhante, bhagavā, yaṃ tāsaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā tā kumāriyo etadavoca – ‘‘tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ
sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘yassa vo [yassa
kho (sī. syā. kaṃ.)]mātāpitaro bhattuno dassanti atthakāmā
hitesino anukampakā anukampaṃ upādāya, tassa bhavissāma pubbuṭṭhāyiniyo
pacchānipātiniyo kiṃkārapaṭissāviniyo manāpacāriniyo
piyavādiniyo’ti. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.
‘‘Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ye te bhattu garuno [guruno
(ka.)] bhavissanti
mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā, te sakkarissāma garuṃ karissāma [garukarissāma
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] mānessāma
pūjessāma abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjessāmā’ti [pūjessāmāti
(sī.)]. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.
‘‘Tasmātiha , kumāriyo, evaṃ
sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā,
tattha dakkhā bhavissāma analasā ,
tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgatā, alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātu’nti.
Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.
‘‘Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘yo so bhattu abbhantaro [abbhantare
(ka.)] antojano dāsāti
vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā,
tesaṃ katańca katato jānissāma akatańca akatato jānissāma, gilānakānańca
balābalaṃ jānissāma, khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyańcassa paccaṃsena [paccayaṃ
tena (ka. sī.), paccayaṃsena (syā. kaṃ.), paccayaṃ senāsanaṃ
paccattaṃsena (ka.) a. ni. 8.46] saṃvibhajissāmā’ti [vibhajissāmāti
(sī. syā. kaṃ.)]. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.
‘‘Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘yaṃ bhattā āharissati dhanaṃ
vā dhańńaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā, taṃ ārakkhena [taṃ
ārakkhāya (sī.)] guttiyā
sampādessāma, tattha ca bhavissāma adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikāyo’ti.
Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ. Imehi kho, kumāriyo, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ
sahabyataṃ upapajjatī’’ti.
‘‘Yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko;
Sabbakāmaharaṃ posaṃ, bhattāraṃ nātimańńati.
‘‘Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṃ,
issācārena [icchācārena
(sī.), issāvādena (pī.)] rosaye;
Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā.
‘‘Uṭṭhāhikā [uṭṭhāyikā
(syā. kaṃ. ka.)] analasā,
saṅgahitaparijjanā;
Bhattu manāpaṃ [manāpā
(sī.)] carati,
sambhataṃ anurakkhati.
‘‘Yā evaṃ vattatī nārī, bhattuchandavasānugā;
Manāpā nāma te devā, yattha sā upapajjatī’’ti. tatiyaṃ;
4. Sīhasenāpatisuttaṃ
34. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho sīho
senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sīho senāpati
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sakkā nu kho, bhante, bhagavā sandiṭṭhikaṃ
dānaphalaṃ pańńāpetu’’nti?
‘‘Sakkā, sīhā’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati bahuno
janassa piyo hoti manāpo. Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati bahuno janassa
piyo hoti manāpo, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyakaṃ dānapatiṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti. Yampi,
sīha, dāyakaṃ dānapatiṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ
dānaphalaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyakassa dānapatino kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati. Yampi, sīha, dāyakassa dānapatino kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati –
yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi
samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado [visāradova
(sī.) a. ni. 7.57 passitabbaṃ] upasaṅkamati
amaṅkubhūto. Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ
upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ
yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado
upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati, idaṃ [idampi
sīha (ka.)] samparāyikaṃ
dānaphala’’nti.
Evaṃ vutte sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yānimāni, bhante,
bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṃ ettha
bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṃ petāni jānāmi. Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako
dānapati bahuno janassa piyo manāpo. Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; maṃ
santo sappurisā bhajanti. Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; mayhaṃ kalyāṇo
kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘sīho senāpati dāyako kārako saṅghupaṭṭhāko’ti.
Ahaṃ, bhante , dāyako
dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamāmi – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi
brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado
upasaṅkamāmi amaṅkubhūto. Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri
sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṃ ettha bhagavato saddhāya
gacchāmi; ahaṃ petāni jānāmi. Yańca kho maṃ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha –
‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjatī’ti, etāhaṃ na jānāmi; ettha ca panāhaṃ bhagavato
saddhāya gacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, sīha, evametaṃ, sīha! Dāyako dānapati
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatī’’ti.
‘‘Dadaṃ piyo hoti bhajanti naṃ bahū,
Kittińca pappoti yaso ca vaḍḍhati [yasassa
vaḍḍhati (syā. kaṃ.), yasaṃ pavaḍḍhati (ka.)];
Amaṅkubhūto parisaṃ vigāhati,
Visārado hoti naro amaccharī.
‘‘Tasmā hi dānāni dadanti paṇḍitā,
Vineyya maccheramalaṃ sukhesino;
Te dīgharattaṃ tidive
patiṭṭhitā,
Devānaṃ sahabyagatā ramanti te [sahabyataṃ
gatā ramanti (sī.), sahabyatā ramanti te (ka.)].
‘‘Katāvakāsā katakusalā ito cutā [tato
cutā (sī.)],
Sayaṃpabhā anuvicaranti nandanaṃ [nandane
(syā. kaṃ.)];
Te tattha nandanti ramanti modare,
Samappitā kāmaguṇehi pańcahi;
‘‘Katvāna vākyaṃ asitassa tādino,
Ramanti sagge [ramanti
sumanā (ka.), kamanti sabbe (syā. kaṃ.)] sugatassa
sāvakā’’ti. catutthaṃ;
5. Dānānisaṃsasuttaṃ
35. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, dāne ānisaṃsā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo;
santo sappurisā bhajanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati;
gihidhammā anapagato [gihidhammā
anapeto (sī. pī.), gihidhammamanupagato (ka.)] hoti;
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dāne
ānisaṃsā’’ti.
‘‘Dadamāno piyo hoti, sataṃ dhammaṃ anukkamaṃ;
Santo naṃ sadā bhajanti [santo
bhajanti sappurisā (sī.)], sańńatā brahmacārayo.
‘‘Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ;
Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhańńāya, parinibbāti anāsavo’’ti. pańcamaṃ;
6. Kāladānasuttaṃ
36. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, kāladānāni. Katamāni pańca? Āgantukassa dānaṃ deti; gamikassa
dānaṃ deti; gilānassa dānaṃ deti; dubbhikkhe dānaṃ deti; yāni tāni
navasassāni navaphalāni tāni
paṭhamaṃ sīlavantesu patiṭṭhāpeti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca
kāladānānī’’ti.
‘‘Kāle dadanti sappańńā, vadańńū vītamaccharā;
Kālena dinnaṃ ariyesu, ujubhūtesu tādisu.
‘‘Vippasannamanā tassa, vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā;
Ye tattha anumodanti, veyyāvaccaṃ karonti vā;
Na tena [na
tesaṃ (pī. ka.)] dakkhiṇā
ūnā, tepi puńńassa bhāgino.
‘‘Tasmā dade appaṭivānacitto, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ;
Puńńāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇina’’nti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
9. Bhojanasuttaṃ
37. ‘‘Bhojanaṃ ,
bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ pańca ṭhānāni deti. Katamāni
pańca? Āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ [paṭibhāṇaṃ
(sī.)] deti. Āyuṃ kho
pana datvā āyussa bhāgī hoti
dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; vaṇṇaṃ datvā vaṇṇassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā
mānusassa vā; sukhaṃ datvā sukhassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā;
balaṃ datvā balassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; paṭibhānaṃ
datvā paṭibhānassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Bhojanaṃ,
bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ imāni pańca ṭhānāni detī’’ti.
‘‘Āyudo balado dhīro, vaṇṇado paṭibhānado;
Sukhassa dātā medhāvī, sukhaṃ so adhigacchati.
‘‘Āyuṃ datvā balaṃ vaṇṇaṃ, sukhańca paṭibhānakaṃ [paṭibhāṇakaṃ
(sī.), paṭibhānado (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)];
Dīghāyu yasavā hoti, yattha yatthūpapajjatī’’ti. sattamaṃ;
8. Saddhasuttaṃ
38. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, saddhe kulaputte ānisaṃsā. Katame pańca? Ye te, bhikkhave,
loke santo sappurisā te saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ anukampantā anukampanti, no
tathā assaddhaṃ; saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkamanti, no
tathā assaddhaṃ; saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇhanti, no
tathā assaddhaṃ; saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ desentā desenti, no tathā
assaddhaṃ; saddho kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca saddhe kulaputte ānisaṃsā.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe mahānigrodho samantā
pakkhīnaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti; evamevaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, saddho kulaputto bahuno janassa paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ
upāsakānaṃ upāsikāna’’nti.
‘‘Sākhāpattaphalūpeto [sākhāpattabahupeto
(katthaci), sākhāpattapalāsūpeto (?)], khandhimāva [khandhimā
ca (sī.)]mahādumo;
Mūlavā phalasampanno, patiṭṭhā hoti pakkhinaṃ.
‘‘Manorame āyatane, sevanti naṃ vihaṅgamā;
Chāyaṃ chāyatthikā [chāyatthino
(sī.)] yanti,
phalatthā phalabhojino.
‘‘Tatheva sīlasampannaṃ, saddhaṃ purisapuggalaṃ;
Nivātavuttiṃ atthaddhaṃ, sorataṃ sakhilaṃ muduṃ.
‘‘Vītarāgā vītadosā, vītamohā
anāsavā;
Puńńakkhettāni lokasmiṃ, sevanti tādisaṃ naraṃ.
‘‘Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ;
Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhańńāya, parinibbāti anāsavo’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
9. Puttasuttaṃ
39. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, ṭhānāni sampassantā mātāpitaro puttaṃ icchanti kule
jāyamānaṃ. Katamāni pańca? Bhato vā no bharissati; kiccaṃ vā no
karissati; kulavaṃso ciraṃ ṭhassati; dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjissati; atha vā
pana petānaṃ kālaṅkatānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassatīti. Imāni kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ṭhānāni sampassantā mātāpitaro puttaṃ icchanti kule
jāyamāna’’nti.
[kathā. 491] ‘‘Pańca
ṭhānāni sampassaṃ, puttaṃ icchanti paṇḍitā;
Bhato vā no bharissati, kiccaṃ vā no karissati.
‘‘Kulavaṃso ciraṃ tiṭṭhe, dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjati;
Atha vā pana petānaṃ,
dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassati.
‘‘Ṭhānānetāni sampassaṃ, puttaṃ icchanti paṇḍitā;
Tasmā santo sappurisā, katańńū katavedino.
‘‘Bharanti mātāpitaro, pubbe katamanussaraṃ;
Karonti nesaṃ kiccāni, yathā
taṃ pubbakārinaṃ.
‘‘Ovādakārī bhataposī, kulavaṃsaṃ ahāpayaṃ;
Saddho sīlena sampanno, putto hoti pasaṃsiyo’’ti. navamaṃ;
10. Mahāsālaputtasuttaṃ
40.
‘‘Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi
vaḍḍhanti. Katamāhi pańcahi? Sākhāpattapalāsena vaḍḍhanti; tacena
vaḍḍhanti; papaṭikāya vaḍḍhanti; pheggunā vaḍḍhanti; sārena vaḍḍhanti.
Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā imāhi pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi
vaḍḍhanti. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, saddhaṃ kulaputtaṃ nissāya antojano
pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhati. Katamāhi pańcahi?
Saddhāya vaḍḍhati; sīlena vaḍḍhati; sutena vaḍḍhati; cāgena vaḍḍhati;
pańńāya vaḍḍhati. Saddhaṃ, bhikkhave, kulaputtaṃ nissāya antojano imāhi
pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhatī’’ti.
‘‘Yathā hi pabbato selo, arańńasmiṃ brahāvane;
Taṃ rukkhā upanissāya, vaḍḍhante te vanappatī.
‘‘Tatheva sīlasampannaṃ, saddhaṃ kulaputtaṃ imaṃ [kulapatiṃ
idha (sī.), kulaputtaṃ idha (syā.)];
Upanissāya vaḍḍhanti, puttadārā ca bandhavā;
Amaccā ńātisaṅghā ca, ye
cassa anujīvino.
‘‘Tyassa sīlavato sīlaṃ, cāgaṃ sucaritāni ca;
Passamānānukubbanti, ye bhavanti vicakkhaṇā.
‘‘Imaṃ dhammaṃ caritvāna, maggaṃ [saggaṃ
(syā. ka.)] sugatigāminaṃ;
Nandino devalokasmiṃ, modanti kāmakāmino’’ti. dasamaṃ;
Sumanavaggo catuttho.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Sumanā cundī uggaho, sīho dānānisaṃsako;
Kālabhojanasaddhā ca, puttasālehi te dasāti.
5. Muṇḍarājavaggo
1. Ādiyasuttaṃ
41. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho
anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘pańcime, gahapati,
bhogānaṃ ādiyā. Katame pańca? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako
uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi
dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati;
mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati;
puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati.
Ayaṃ paṭhamo bhogānaṃ ādiyo.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi
bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi mittāmacce
sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. Ayaṃ dutiyo bhogānaṃ ādiyo.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi
bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi yā tā honti
āpadā – aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato [appiyato
vā dāyādato vā (bahūsu) a. ni. 4.61; 5.148] –
tathārūpāsu āpadāsu bhogehi pariyodhāya vattati, sotthiṃ attānaṃ karoti.
Ayaṃ tatiyo bhogānaṃ ādiyo.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi
bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi pańcabaliṃ
kattā hoti. Ńātibaliṃ, atithibaliṃ, pubbapetabaliṃ, rājabaliṃ,
devatābaliṃ – ayaṃ catuttho bhogānaṃ ādiyo.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati,
ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi
sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi
ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā madappamādā paṭiviratā khantisoracce niviṭṭhā
ekamattānaṃ damenti ekamattānaṃ samenti ekamattānaṃ parinibbāpenti,
tathārūpesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti
sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Ayaṃ pańcamo bhogānaṃ ādiyo.
Ime kho, gahapati, pańca bhogānaṃ ādiyā.
‘‘Tassa ce, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa ime pańca bhogānaṃ ādiye ādiyato
bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ye vata bhogānaṃ ādiyā
te cāhaṃ ādiyāmi bhogā ca me
parikkhayaṃ gacchantī’ti. Itissa hoti avippaṭisāro. Tassa ce, gahapati,
ariyasāvakassa ime pańca bhogānaṃ ādiye ādiyato bhogā abhivaḍḍhanti ,
tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ye vata bhogānaṃ ādiyā te cāhaṃ ādiyāmi bhogā ca me
abhivaḍḍhantī’ti. Itissa hoti [itissa
hoti avippaṭisāro, (sī. syā.)] ubhayeneva
avippaṭisāro’’ti.
‘‘Bhuttā bhogā bhatā bhaccā [gatā
tacchā (ka.)], vitiṇṇā āpadāsu me;
Uddhaggā dakkhiṇā dinnā, atho pańcabalīkatā;
Upaṭṭhitā sīlavanto, sańńatā brahmacārayo.
‘‘Yadatthaṃ bhogaṃ iccheyya, paṇḍito gharamāvasaṃ;
So me attho anuppatto, kataṃ ananutāpiyaṃ.
‘‘Etaṃ [evaṃ
(ka.)] anussaraṃ
macco, ariyadhamme ṭhito naro;
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti [pecca
sagge ca modatīti (sī. syā.)]. paṭhamaṃ;
2. Sappurisasuttaṃ
42. ‘‘Sappuriso,
bhikkhave, kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti;
mātāpitūnaṃ [mātāpitunnaṃ
(sī. pī.)]atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; puttadārassa atthāya
hitāya sukhāya hoti; dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya
hitāya sukhāya hoti; mittāmaccānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti;
samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno
janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; evamevaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, sappuriso kule jāyamāno
bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; mātāpitūnaṃ atthāya hitāya
sukhāya hoti; puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti;
dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; mittāmaccānaṃ
atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya
hotī’’ti.
‘‘Hito bahunnaṃ paṭipajja bhoge, taṃ devatā rakkhati dhammaguttaṃ;
Bahussutaṃ sīlavatūpapannaṃ, dhamme ṭhitaṃ na vijahati [vijahāti
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] kitti.
‘‘Dhammaṭṭhaṃ sīlasampannaṃ,
saccavādiṃ hirīmanaṃ;
Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva, ko taṃ ninditumarahati;
Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti, brahmunāpi pasaṃsito’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
3. Iṭṭhasuttaṃ
43. Atha kho
anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Pańcime, gahapati, dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. Katame
pańca? Āyu, gahapati, iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; vaṇṇo iṭṭho
kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; sukhaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ dullabhaṃ
lokasmiṃ; yaso iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; saggā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. Ime kho,
gahapati, pańca dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Imesaṃ kho, gahapati,
pańcannaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ na
āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu
vā [na
patthanāhetu vā (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] paṭilābhaṃ
vadāmi. Imesaṃ kho, gahapati, pańcannaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ
manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābho
abhavissa, ko idha kena hāyetha?
‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako āyukāmo āyuṃ āyācituṃ vā
abhinandituṃ vā āyussa vāpi hetu. Āyukāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena
āyusaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Āyusaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā
paṭipannā āyupaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti āyussa dibbassa vā
mānusassa vā.
‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako vaṇṇakāmo vaṇṇaṃ āyācituṃ vā
abhinandituṃ vā vaṇṇassa vāpi hetu. Vaṇṇakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena
vaṇṇasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Vaṇṇasaṃvattanikā hissa
paṭipadā paṭipannā vaṇṇapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti vaṇṇassa
dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.
‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati
ariyasāvako sukhakāmo sukhaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā sukhassa vāpi
hetu. Sukhakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena sukhasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā
paṭipajjitabbā. Sukhasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā
sukhapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti sukhassa dibbassa vā
mānusassa vā.
‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako yasakāmo yasaṃ āyācituṃ
vā abhinandituṃ vā yasassa vāpi hetu. Yasakāmena, gahapati,
ariyasāvakena yasasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Yasasaṃvattanikā
hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā yasapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti
yasassa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.
‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako saggakāmo saggaṃ āyācituṃ vā
abhinandituṃ vā saggānaṃ vāpi hetu. Saggakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena
saggasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā.
Saggasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā saggapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati.
So lābhī hoti saggāna’’nti.
‘‘Āyuṃ vaṇṇaṃ yasaṃ kittiṃ, saggaṃ uccākulīnataṃ;
Ratiyo patthayānena [patthayamānena
(ka.)], uḷārā aparāparā.
‘‘Appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, puńńakiriyāsu paṇḍitā;
‘‘Appamatto ubho atthe,
adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito.
‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme ca [diṭṭheva
dhamme (sī.)] yo
attho, yo cattho samparāyiko;
Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti. tatiyaṃ;
4. Manāpadāyīsuttaṃ
44. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino
vesālikassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane
nisīdi. Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena
bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggo gahapati vesāliko bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca –
‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ –
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpaṃ me, bhante, sālapupphakaṃ [sālipupphakaṃ
(ka.)] khādanīyaṃ; taṃ
me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā
anukampaṃ upādāya.
‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ –
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpaṃ me, bhante, sampannakolakaṃ
sūkaramaṃsaṃ [sampannasūkaramaṃsaṃ
(sī.), sampannavarasūkaramaṃsaṃ (syā.)]; taṃ me bhagavā
paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ
upādāya.
‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante,
bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti.
Manāpaṃ me, bhante, nibbattatelakaṃ [nibaddhatelakaṃ
(pī. sī. aṭṭha.), nibbaṭṭatelakaṃ (syā. aṭṭha.)] nāliyasākaṃ;
taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā
anukampaṃ upādāya.
‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ –
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpo me, bhante, sālīnaṃ odano
vicitakāḷako [vigatakālako
(syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] anekasūpo
anekabyańjano; taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti.
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya.
‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante,
bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti.
Manāpāni me, bhante, kāsikāni vatthāni; tāni me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu
anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya.
‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ –
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti .
Manāpo me, bhante, pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭalikatthato
kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo [kādalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo
(sī.)] sauttaracchado
ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. Api ca, bhante, mayampetaṃ jānāma – ‘netaṃ
bhagavato kappatī’ti. Idaṃ me, bhante, candanaphalakaṃ agghati
adhikasatasahassaṃ; taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu
anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. Atha kho
bhagavā uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ iminā anumodanīyena anumodi –
‘‘Manāpadāyī labhate manāpaṃ,
Yo ujjubhūtesu [ujubhūtesu
(syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dadāti
chandasā;
Acchādanaṃ sayanamannapānaṃ [sayanamathannapānaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)],
Nānāppakārāni ca paccayāni.
‘‘Cattańca muttańca anuggahītaṃ [anaggahītaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)],
Khettūpame arahante viditvā;
So duccajaṃ sappuriso
cajitvā,
Manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’’nti.
Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ iminā anumodanīyena
anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko aparena samayena kālamakāsi. Kālaṅkato [kālakato
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ca
uggo gahapati vesāliko ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapajji. Tena kho pana
samayena bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
Atha kho uggo devaputto abhikkantāya
rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ
obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho uggaṃ devaputtaṃ
bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, ugga, yathādhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Taggha me,
bhagavā, yathādhippāyo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāhi
ajjhabhāsi –
‘‘Manāpadāyī labhate manāpaṃ,
Aggassa dātā labhate punaggaṃ;
Varassa dātā varalābhi hoti,
Seṭṭhaṃ dado seṭṭhamupeti ṭhānaṃ.
‘‘Yo aggadāyī varadāyī,
seṭṭhadāyī ca yo naro;
Dīghāyu yasavā hoti, yattha yatthūpapajjatī’’ti. catutthaṃ;
5. Puńńābhisandasuttaṃ
45. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, puńńābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā
sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya
saṃvattanti.
‘‘Katame pańca? Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṃ paribhuńjamāno
appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja
viharati, appamāṇo tassa puńńābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro
sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya
sukhāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjamāno…pe… yassa,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihāraṃ paribhuńjamāno…pe… yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
mańcapīṭhaṃ paribhuńjamāno…pe….
‘‘Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ
paribhuńjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati,
appamāṇo tassa puńńābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko
sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya
saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca puńńābhisandā kusalābhisandā
sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya
manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, pańcahi puńńābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi
samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puńńassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ –
‘ettako puńńābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko
saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti.
Atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāpuńńakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ
– ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā ettakāni
udakāḷhakasatānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā ettakāni
udakāḷhakasatasahassānīti vā; atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo
mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati’. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imehi
pańcahi puńńābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa
na sukaraṃ puńńassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ – ‘ettako puńńābhisando
kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya
kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkheyyo
appameyyo mahāpuńńakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti.
‘‘Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ
mahāsaraṃ,
Bahubheravaṃ ratnagaṇānamālayaṃ;
Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā [maccha
gaṇasaṃghasevitā (syā. kaṃ. ka.) saṃ. ni. 5.1037 passitabbaṃ],
Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.
‘‘Evaṃ naraṃ
annadapānavatthadaṃ,
Seyyānisajjattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ;
Puńńassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,
Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara’’nti. pańcamaṃ;
6. Sampadāsuttaṃ
46. ‘‘Pańcimā,
bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā,
sutasampadā, cāgasampadā, pańńāsampadā – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca
sampadā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Dhanasuttaṃ
47. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, dhanāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhādhanaṃ, sīladhanaṃ,
sutadhanaṃ, cāgadhanaṃ, pańńādhanaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, saddhādhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā…pe…
satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
saddhādhanaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca , bhikkhave,
sīladhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe…
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānāpaṭivirato hoti. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
sīladhanaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdho. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
sutadhanaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi
vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
cāgadhanaṃ.
‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, pańńādhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako
pańńavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya
sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pańńādhanaṃ. Imāni
kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhanānī’’ti.
[a. ni. 4.52] ‘‘Yassa saddhā
tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;
Sīlańca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.
‘‘Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtańca dassanaṃ;
Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.
‘‘Tasmā saddhańca sīlańca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;
Anuyuńjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti. sattamaṃ;
8. Alabbhanīyaṭhānasuttaṃ
48. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā
mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Katamāni pańca? ‘Jarādhammaṃ
mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā
brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.
‘Byādhidhammaṃ mā byādhīyī’ti [vyādhidhammaṃ
‘‘mā vyādhīyī’’ti (sī. pī.)] …pe…
‘maraṇadhammaṃ mā mīyī’ti… ‘khayadhammaṃ mā khīyī’ti… ‘nassanadhammaṃ mā
nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena
vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Assutavato , bhikkhave,
puthujjanassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na iti
paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa [mayhamevekassa
(sī.)] jarādhammaṃ
jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ
sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. Ahańceva [ahańce
(?)] kho pana
jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ,
sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ
okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ [kammantopi
nappavatteyya (ka.)], amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā
assū’ti. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ
kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘assutavā
puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, assutavato puthujjanassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati…pe…
maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati… nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So
nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa
nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti
upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Ahańceva kho pana
nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ
kandeyyaṃ , sammohaṃ
āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya,
kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā
assū’ti. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ
kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘assutavā
puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’’’.
‘‘Sutavato ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So
jarādhamme jiṇṇe iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ
jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ
sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. Ahańceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ
kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ,
bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi
nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So
jarādhamme jiṇṇe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ
kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati .
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi [abbahi
(sī.)] savisaṃ
sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti.
Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
sutavato ariyasāvakassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati…pe… maraṇadhammaṃ
mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati… nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe
iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha
kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ
nassanadhammaṃ nassati.
Ahańceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ,
urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya,
kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi
attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na
socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ
āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ
sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti.
Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpetī’’’ti.
‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā
brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti.
[jā. 1.5.96 jātakepi] ‘‘Na
socanāya paridevanāya,
Atthodha labbhā [attho
idha labbhati (syā.), attho idha labbhā (pī.)] api
appakopi;
Socantamenaṃ dukhitaṃ viditvā,
Paccatthikā attamanā bhavanti.
‘‘Yato ca kho paṇḍito āpadāsu,
Na vedhatī atthavinicchayańńū;
Paccatthikāssa dukhitā
bhavanti,
Disvā mukhaṃ avikāraṃ purāṇaṃ.
‘‘Jappena mantena
subhāsitena,
Anuppadānena paveṇiyā vā;
Yathā yathā yattha [yathā
yathā yattha yattha (ka.)] labhetha
atthaṃ,
Tathā tathā tattha parakkameyya.
‘‘Sace pajāneyya
alabbhaneyyo,
Mayāva [mayā
vā (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ańńena
vā esa attho;
Asocamāno adhivāsayeyya,
Kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
9. Kosalasuttaṃ
49. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho
rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
(Tena kho pana samayena mallikā devī kālaṅkatā hoti.) [(
) natthi (sī.)] Atha
kho ańńataro puriso yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā rańńo pasenadissa kosalassa upakaṇṇake āroceti – ‘‘mallikā
devī, deva [deva
devī (syā. kaṃ. pī.)], kālaṅkatā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte rājā pasenadi
kosalo dukkhī dummano pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno
nisīdi.
Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dukkhiṃ dummanaṃ
pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ
viditvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pańcimāni, mahārāja,
alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā
brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Katamāni pańca? ‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti
alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ…pe… na socanāya paridevanāya…pe… kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti
karomi dānī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Nāradasuttaṃ
50. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. Tena kho pana samayena
muṇḍassa rańńo bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā hoti
piyā manāpā. So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati [nahāyati
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] na
vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuńjati na kammantaṃ payojeti – rattindivaṃ [rattidivaṃ
(ka.)] bhaddāya deviyā
sarīre ajjhomucchito. Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṃ kosārakkhaṃ [sokārakkhaṃ
(syā.)] āmantesi –
‘‘tena hi, samma piyaka ,
bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā ańńissā āyasāya
doṇiyā paṭikujjatha, yathā mayaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ cirataraṃ
passeyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rańńo
paṭissutvā bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā
ańńissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujji.
Atha kho piyakassa kosārakkhassa etadahosi – ‘‘imassa kho muṇḍassa rańńo
bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā piyā manāpā. So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya
manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuńjati na kammantaṃ
payojeti – rattindivaṃ
bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito. Kaṃ [kiṃ
(ka.)] nu kho muṇḍo
rājā samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā payirupāseyya, yassa dhammaṃ sutvā
sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā’’ti!
Atha kho piyakassa kosārakkhassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā nārado
pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. Taṃ kho panāyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ evaṃ
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘paṇḍito viyatto [vyatto
(sī. pī.), byatto (syā. kaṃ., dī. ni. 2.407)]medhāvī bahussuto
cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva [buddho
ceva (ka.)] arahā ca’ [arahā
cā’ti (?)]. Yaṃnūna muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ payirupāseyya,
appeva nāma muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ
pajaheyyā’’ti.
Atha kho piyako kosārakkho yena muṇḍo rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, deva, āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte
viharati kukkuṭārāme. Taṃ kho panāyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo
kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī
kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā
ca’ [arahā
cā’ti (?)]. Yadi pana devo āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ payirupāseyya,
appeva nāma devo āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ
pajaheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma piyaka ,
āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ paṭivedehi. Kathańhi nāma mādiso samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ
vā vijite vasantaṃ pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito upasaṅkamitabbaṃ mańńeyyā’’ti !
‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rańńo paṭissutvā
yenāyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho piyako kosārakkho
āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Imassa , bhante, muṇḍassa
rańńo bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā piyā manāpā. So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya
piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuńjati na
kammantaṃ payojeti – rattindivaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito.
Sādhu, bhante, āyasmā nārado muṇḍassa rańńo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā
muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā’’ti.
‘‘Yassadāni, piyaka, muṇḍo rājā kālaṃ mańńatī’’ti.
Atha kho piyako kosārakkho uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena muṇḍo rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā muṇḍaṃ
rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katāvakāso kho, deva, āyasmatā nāradena. Yassadāni
devo kālaṃ mańńatī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma piyaka, bhadrāni bhadrāni
yānāni yojāpehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa
rańńo paṭissutvā bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘yuttāni kho te, deva, bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni. Yassadāni
devo kālaṃ mańńatī’’ti.
Atha kho muṇḍo rājā bhadraṃ yānaṃ [bhadraṃ
bhadraṃ yānaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.), bhaddaṃ yānaṃ (pī.)] abhiruhitvā
bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi yena kukkuṭārāmo tena pāyāsi mahaccā [mahacca
(bahūsu)] rājānubhāvena
āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ dassanāya. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā, yānā
paccorohitvā pattikova ārāmaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho muṇḍo rājā yena
āyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ
kho muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ āyasmā nārado etadavoca –
‘‘Pańcimāni, mahārāja, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā
devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Katamāni pańca?
‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā
devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. ‘Byādhidhammaṃ mā
byādhīyī’ti…pe… ‘maraṇadhammaṃ mā mīyī’ti… ‘khayadhammaṃ mā khīyī’ti…
‘nassanadhammaṃ mā nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena
vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Assutavato , mahārāja,
puthujjanassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na iti
paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho
yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ
jīrati. Ahańceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ
parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya,
kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi
attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe socati
kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati,
mahārāja – ‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva
paritāpeti’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahārāja, assutavato puthujjanassa byādhidhammaṃ
byādhīyati…pe… maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati…
nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na iti paṭisańcikkhati –
‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ
āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati.
Ahańceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ,
urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya,
kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi
attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti.
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati,
sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja – ‘assutavā puthujjano viddho
savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’’’.
‘‘Sutavato ca kho, mahārāja,
ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe iti
paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho
yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ
jīrati. Ahańceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ,
urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya,
kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi
attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na socati na
kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ
vuccati, mahārāja – ‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena
viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. Asoko visallo
ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahārāja,
sutavato ariyasāvakassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati…pe… maraṇadhammaṃ
mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati… nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So nassanadhamme
naṭṭhe iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ
nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ
sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Ahańceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe
soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ
āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya,
kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā
assū’ti. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na
urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja –
‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā
puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva
parinibbāpeti ’’’.
‘‘Imāni kho, mahārāja, pańca
alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā
brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti.
‘‘Na socanāya paridevanāya,
Atthodha labbhā api appakopi;
Socantamenaṃ dukhitaṃ viditvā,
Paccatthikā attamanā bhavanti.
‘‘Yato ca kho paṇḍito
āpadāsu,
Na vedhatī atthavinicchayańńū;
Paccatthikāssa dukhitā bhavanti,
Disvā mukhaṃ avikāraṃ purāṇaṃ.
‘‘Jappena mantena subhāsitena,
Anuppadānena paveṇiyā vā;
Yathā yathā yattha labhetha atthaṃ,
Tathā tathā tattha parakkameyya.
‘‘Sace pajāneyya
alabbhaneyyo,
Mayāva ańńena vā esa attho;
Asocamāno adhivāsayeyya,
Kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī’’ti [jā.
1 jātakepi].
Evaṃ vutte muṇḍo rājā
āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nāmo [ko
nu kho (sī. pī.)] ayaṃ,
bhante, dhammapariyāyo’’ti? ‘‘Sokasallaharaṇo nāma ayaṃ, mahārāja,
dhammapariyāyo’’ti. ‘‘Taggha, bhante, sokasallaharaṇo [taggha
bhante sokasallaharaṇo, taggha bhante sokasallaharaṇo (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)]! Imańhi me, bhante, dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ
pahīna’’nti.
Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṃ kosārakkhaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, samma
piyaka, bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ jhāpetha; thūpańcassā karotha. Ajjatagge
dāni mayaṃ nhāyissāma ceva vilimpissāma bhattańca bhuńjissāma kammante
ca payojessāmā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Muṇḍarājavaggo pańcamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Ādiyo sappuriso iṭṭhā, manāpadāyībhisandaṃ;
Sampadā ca dhanaṃ ṭhānaṃ, kosalo nāradena cāti.
Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.
2. Dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ
(6) 1. Nīvaraṇavaggo
1. Āvaraṇasuttaṃ
51. Evaṃ me
sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā
sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā
bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā pańńāya
dubbalīkaraṇā. Katame pańca? Kāmacchando, bhikkhave, āvaraṇo nīvaraṇo
cetaso ajjhāruho pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇo. Byāpādo, bhikkhave, āvaraṇo
nīvaraṇo cetaso ajjhāruho pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇo. Thinamiddhaṃ,
bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ cetaso ajjhāruhaṃ pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇaṃ.
Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ cetaso ajjhāruhaṃ
pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇaṃ. Vicikicchā, bhikkhave, āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso
ajjhāruhā pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca āvaraṇā
nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇā.
‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pańca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso
ajjhāruhe pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya pańńāya dubbalāya
attatthaṃ vā ńassati paratthaṃ vā
ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari [uttariṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vā
manussadhammā alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ
vijjati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā [dūragamā
(sī.)] sīghasotā
hārahārinī. Tassā puriso ubhato
naṅgalamukhāni vivareyya. Evańhi so, bhikkhave, majjhe nadiyā soto
vikkhitto visaṭo byādiṇṇo neva [na
ceva (ka.)] dūraṅgamo
assa na [na
ca (ka.)] sīghasoto na [na
ca (ka.)] hārahārī [hārahāriṇī
(sī.)]. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu ime pańca
āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso
ajjhāruhe pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya pańńāya dubbalāya
attatthaṃ vā ńassati
paratthaṃ vā ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari vā manussadhammā
alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pańca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso
ajjhāruhe pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe pahāya, balavatiyā pańńāya attatthaṃ vā
ńassati paratthaṃ vā ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari vā
manussadhammā alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā
hārahārinī. Tassā puriso ubhato naṅgalamukhāni pidaheyya. Evańhi so,
bhikkhave, majjhe nadiyā soto avikkhitto avisaṭo abyādiṇṇo dūraṅgamo
ceva assa sīghasoto ca hārahārī ca. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata
bhikkhu ime pańca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe pańńāya
dubbalīkaraṇe pahāya, balavatiyā pańńāya attatthaṃ vā ńassati paratthaṃ
vā ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari vā manussadhammā
alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Akusalarāsisuttaṃ
52.
‘‘Akusalarāsīti , bhikkhave,
vadamāno pańca nīvaraṇe [ime
pańca nīvaraṇe (sī.)] sammā
vadamāno vadeyya. Kevalo hāyaṃ [hayaṃ
(sī.), cāyaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), sāyaṃ (ka.)], bhikkhave, akusalarāsi
yadidaṃ pańca nīvaraṇā. Katame pańca? Kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ,
byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ, thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ,
vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ. Akusalarāsīti, bhikkhave, vadamāno ime pańca
nīvaraṇe sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Kevalo hāyaṃ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi
yadidaṃ pańca nīvaraṇā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Padhāniyaṅgasuttaṃ
53. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, padhāniyaṅgāni. Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro
purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti .
Appābādho hoti appātaṅko;
samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya
padhānakkhamāya; asaṭho hoti amāyāvī; yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattā
satthari vā vińńūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu; āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ
dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā
daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; pańńavā hoti,
udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā
dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca padhāniyaṅgānī’’ti.
Tatiyaṃ.
4. Samayasuttaṃ
54. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, asamayā padhānāya. Katame pańca? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu jiṇṇo hoti jarāyābhibhūto. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo
asamayo padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu byādhito hoti byādhinābhibhūto. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, dutiyo asamayo padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na
sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo asamayo
padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo, cakkasamārūḷhā
jānapadā pariyāyanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho asamayo padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho bhinno hoti. Saṅghe kho pana,
bhikkhave, bhinne ańńamańńaṃ akkosā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā ca
honti, ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ pariccajā ca honti.
Tattha appasannā ceva nappasīdanti, pasannānańca ekaccānaṃ ańńathattaṃ
hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo asamayo padhānāya. Ime kho, bhikkhave,
pańca asamayā padhānāyāti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, samayā padhānāya. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu daharo hoti yuvā susu
kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, paṭhamo samayo padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu appābādho hoti appātaṅko, samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato
nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo samayo padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, subhikkhaṃ hoti susassaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ,
sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samayo
padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, manussā samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā
khīrodakībhūtā ańńamańńaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, catuttho samayo padhānāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno
ekuddeso phāsu viharati. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, samagge na ceva
ańńamańńaṃ akkosā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā honti, na ca
ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ pariccajā honti. Tattha
appasannā ceva pasīdanti, pasannānańca bhiyyobhāvo [bhīyyobhāvāya
(ka.)] hoti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, pańcamo samayo padhānāya. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca samayā
padhānāyā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Mātāputtasuttaṃ
55. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho
pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ ubho mātāputtā vassāvāsaṃ upagamiṃsu [upasaṅkamiṃsu
(ka.)] – bhikkhu ca
bhikkhunī ca. Te ańńamańńassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahesuṃ. Mātāpi
puttassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahosi; puttopi mātaraṃ abhiṇhaṃ
dassanakāmo ahosi. Tesaṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanā saṃsaggo ahosi. Saṃsagge sati
vissāso ahosi. Vissāse sati otāro ahosi. Te otiṇṇacittā sikkhaṃ
apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ
anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū
yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ
etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, sāvatthiyaṃ ubho mātāputtā vassāvāsaṃ
upagamiṃsu – bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca, te ańńamańńassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā
ahesuṃ, mātāpi puttassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahosi, puttopi mātaraṃ
abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmo ahosi. Tesaṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanā saṃsaggo ahosi,
saṃsagge sati vissāso ahosi, vissāse sati otāro ahosi, te otiṇṇacittā
sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭiseviṃsū’’ti.
‘‘Kiṃ nu so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso mańńati – ‘na mātā putte sārajjati,
putto vā pana mātarī’ti? Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ańńaṃ ekarūpampi
samanupassāmi evaṃ [yaṃ
evaṃ (sī.)] rajanīyaṃ
evaṃ kamanīyaṃ evaṃ madanīyaṃ evaṃ bandhanīyaṃ evaṃ mucchanīyaṃ evaṃ
antarāyakaraṃ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya yathayidaṃ,
bhikkhave, itthirūpaṃ. Itthirūpe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā [gadhitā
(syā. pī. ka.)] mucchitā
ajjhosannā [ajjhopannā
(bahūsu)]. Te dīgharattaṃ socanti itthirūpavasānugā.
‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ańńaṃ ekasaddampi…pe… ekagandhampi… ekarasampi…
ekaphoṭṭhabbampi samanupassāmi evaṃ rajanīyaṃ evaṃ kamanīyaṃ evaṃ
madanīyaṃ evaṃ bandhanīyaṃ evaṃ mucchanīyaṃ evaṃ antarāyakaraṃ
anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave,
itthiphoṭṭhabbaṃ .
Itthiphoṭṭhabbe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā
ajjhosannā. Te dīgharattaṃ socanti itthiphoṭṭhabbavasānugā.
‘‘Itthī, bhikkhave, gacchantīpi purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati;
ṭhitāpi…pe… nisinnāpi… sayānāpi… hasantīpi… bhaṇantīpi… gāyantīpi…
rodantīpi… ugghātitāpi [ugghānitāpi
(sī.)] … matāpi
purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. Yańhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā
vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samantapāso mārassā’ti mātugāmaṃyeva sammā vadamāno
vadeyya – ‘samantapāso mārassā’’’ti.
‘‘Sallape asihatthena,
pisācenāpi sallape;
Āsīvisampi āsīde [āsadde
(syā. kaṃ.)], yena daṭṭho na jīvati.
‘‘Natveva eko ekāya,
mātugāmena sallape;
Muṭṭhassatiṃ tā bandhanti,
pekkhitena sitena ca [mhitena
ca (syā. kaṃ.)].
‘‘Athopi dunnivatthena, mańjunā bhaṇitena ca;
Neso jano svāsīsado, api ugghātito mato.
‘‘Pańca kāmaguṇā ete, itthirūpasmiṃ dissare;
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā.
‘‘Tesaṃ kāmoghavūḷhānaṃ, kāme aparijānataṃ;
Kālaṃ gati [gatiṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhavābhavaṃ,
saṃsārasmiṃ purakkhatā.
‘‘Ye ca kāme parińńāya,
caranti akutobhayā;
Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, ye pattā āsavakkhaya’’nti. pańcamaṃ;
6. Upajjhāyasuttaṃ
56. Atha kho
ańńataro bhikkhu yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṃ
upajjhāyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etarahi me, bhante, madhurakajāto ceva kāyo,
disā ca me na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhańca
me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, atthi
ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’’ti.
Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante,
bhikkhu evamāha – ‘etarahi me, bhante, madhurakajāto ceva kāyo, disā ca
maṃ na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca me nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhańca me cittaṃ
pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, atthi ca me
dhammesu vicikicchā’’’ti.
‘‘Evańhetaṃ , bhikkhu, hoti
indriyesu aguttadvārassa, bhojane amattańńuno, jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttassa,
avipassakassa kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ
dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ ananuyuttassa viharato, yaṃ madhurakajāto ceva
kāyo hoti, disā cassa na pakkhāyanti,
dhammā ca taṃ nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhańcassa cittaṃ pariyādāya
tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carati, hoti cassa dhammesu
vicikicchā. Tasmātiha te, bhikkhu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘indriyesu
guttadvāro bhavissāmi, bhojane mattańńū, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto, vipassako
kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ
bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyutto viharissāmī’ti. Evańhi te, bhikkhu,
sikkhitabba’’nti.
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu
eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva –
yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti,
tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā
sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ,
kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti abbhańńāsi. Ańńataro pana so
bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosi.
Atha kho so bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā sakaṃ upajjhāyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etarahi me, bhante, na ceva [na
tveva (sī.)] madhurakajāto
kāyo, disā ca me pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhańca
me cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi,
natthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ
saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca
– ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, bhikkhu evamāha – ‘etarahi me, bhante, na ceva
madhurakajāto kāyo, disā ca me pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ paṭibhanti,
thinamiddhańca me cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca
brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, natthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’’’ti.
‘‘Evańhetaṃ, bhikkhu, hoti indriyesu guttadvārassa, bhojane mattańńuno,
jāgariyaṃ anuyuttassa, vipassakassa kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ,
pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa
viharato, yaṃ na ceva madhurakajāto kāyo hoti, disā cassa pakkhāyanti,
dhammā ca taṃ paṭibhanti,
thinamiddhańcassa cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca
brahmacariyaṃ carati, na cassa hoti dhammesu vicikicchā. Tasmātiha vo,
bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma, bhojane
mattańńuno, jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā, vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ,
pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā
viharissāmā’ti. Evańhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ
57. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, ṭhānāni abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbāni itthiyā vā purisena vā
gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. Katamāni pańca? ‘Jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ
anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena
vā pabbajitena vā. ‘Byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ
paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.
‘Maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā
purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘Sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi
nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā
gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘Kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni
kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo. Yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ
vā – tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā
purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.
‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti
abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā
pabbajitena vā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ yobbane yobbanamado, yena
madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti,
manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo
yobbane yobbanamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ
paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.
‘‘Kińca , bhikkhave,
atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ
paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā?
Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ ārogye ārogyamado, yena madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ
caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ
ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo ārogye ārogyamado so sabbaso vā
pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca
‘byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā
vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.
‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ
anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena
vā pabbajitena vā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ jīvite jīvitamado, yena
madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti,
manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo
jīvite jīvitamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti
abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā
pabbajitena vā.
‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi
nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā
gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ piyesu manāpesu
yo chandarāgo yena rāgena rattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya
duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ
paccavekkhato yo piyesu manāpesu chandarāgo so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu
vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘sabbehi me piyehi
manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā
purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.
‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo
kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ
vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ
itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā ?
Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ.
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato sabbaso vā duccaritaṃ pahīyati
tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca
‘kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ
kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ
paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.
‘‘Sa kho [sace
(pī. ka.)] so,
bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho
ahańńeveko jarādhammo [ahańceveko
jarādhammomhi (ka.)] jaraṃ
anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā
jarādhammā jaraṃ anatītā’ti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato
maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ
maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti
anusayā byantīhonti.
‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho
ahańńeveko byādhidhammo byādhiṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati
gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā byādhidhammā byādhiṃ anatītā’ti. Tassa
taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati
bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto
saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti.
‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho
ahańńeveko maraṇadhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati
gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā maraṇadhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā’ti. Tassa
taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati
bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto
saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti.
‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho
mayhevekassa sabbehi piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo, atha kho
yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ piyehi
manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato
maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ
maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti,
anusayā byantīhonti.
‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho
ahańńeveko kammassako kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu
kammappaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa
dāyādo bhavissāmi; atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti
sabbe sattā kammassakā kammadāyādā kammayoni kammabandhu
kammappaṭisaraṇā, yaṃ kammaṃ karissanti – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa
dāyādā bhavissantī’ti . Tassa
taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati
bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto
saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhontī’’ti.
‘‘Byādhidhammā jarādhammā, atho maraṇadhammino;
Yathā dhammā tathā sattā [santā
(syā. kaṃ.)], jigucchanti puthujjanā.
‘‘Ahańce taṃ jiguccheyyaṃ, evaṃ dhammesu pāṇisu;
Na metaṃ patirūpassa, mama evaṃ vihārino.
‘‘Sohaṃ evaṃ viharanto, ńatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhiṃ;
Ārogye yobbanasmińca, jīvitasmińca ye madā.
‘‘Sabbe made abhibhosmi, nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato [nekkhamme
daṭṭhu khemataṃ (a. ni. 3.39) ubhayatthapi aṭṭhakathāya sameti];
Tassa me ahu ussāho, nibbānaṃ abhipassato.
‘‘Nāhaṃ bhabbo etarahi, kāmāni paṭisevituṃ;
Anivatti [anivattī
(?)] bhavissāmi,
brahmacariyaparāyaṇo’’ti. sattamaṃ;
8. Licchavikumārakasuttaṃ
58. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto mahāvanaṃ
ajjhogāhetvā ańńatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi.
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā licchavikumārakā sajjāni dhanūni ādāya
kukkurasaṅghaparivutā mahāvane anucaṅkamamānā anuvicaramānā addasu bhagavantaṃ
ańńatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ; disvāna sajjāni dhanūni nikkhipitvā
kukkurasaṅghaṃ ekamantaṃ uyyojetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā tuṇhībhūtā
tuṇhībhūtā pańjalikā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanti.
Tena kho pana samayena mahānāmo licchavi mahāvane jaṅghāvihāraṃ
anucaṅkamamāno addasa te licchavikumārake tuṇhībhūte tuṇhībhūte
pańjalike bhagavantaṃ payirupāsante; disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ
nisinno kho mahānāmo licchavi udānaṃ udānesi – ‘bhavissanti vajjī,
bhavissanti vajjī’’’ti!
‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, mahānāma, evaṃ vadesi – ‘bhavissanti vajjī, bhavissanti
vajjī’’’ti? ‘‘Ime, bhante, licchavikumārakā caṇḍā pharusā apānubhā [apajahāti
(sī.), apāṭubhā (syā. kaṃ.), apajahā (pī.), apānutā (katthaci)].
Yānipi tāni kulesu paheṇakāni [pahīnakāni
(sī.), pahīṇakāni (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pahīyanti,
ucchūti vā badarāti vā pūvāti vā modakāti vā saṃkulikāti vā [sakkhalikāti
vā (sī. pī.)], tāni vilumpitvā vilumpitvā khādanti; kulitthīnampi
kulakumārīnampi pacchāliyaṃ khipanti. Te dānime tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā
pańjalikā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsantī’’ti.
‘‘Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, kulaputtassa pańca dhammā saṃvijjanti – yadi
vā rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa [muddhābhisittassa
(ka.) a. ni. 5.135, 136 passitabbaṃ], yadi vā senāya
senāpatikassa, yadi vā
gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu
paccekādhipaccaṃ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi
bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi mātāpitaro
sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti .
Tamenaṃ mātāpitaro sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā
anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Mātāpitānukampitassa,
mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma,
kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi
sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi puttadāradāsakammakaraporise […
sāmantasaṃvohāre (sī. pī.)] sakkaroti
garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Tamenaṃ puttadāradāsakammakaraporisā sakkatā
garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva,
dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Puttadāradāsakammakaraporisānukampitassa,
mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi
bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi
khettakammantasāmantasabyohāre sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti.
Tamenaṃ khettakammantasāmantasabyohārā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā
kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti.
Khettakammantasāmantasabyohārānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa
vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi
bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi yāvatā
balipaṭiggāhikā devatā sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Tamenaṃ
balipaṭiggāhikā devatā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā
anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Devatānukampitassa,
mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma,
kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi
sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi samaṇabrāhmaṇe sakkaroti garuṃ
karoti māneti pūjeti. Tamenaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇā sakkatā garukatā mānitā
pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti.
Samaṇabrāhmaṇānukampitassa ,
mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, kulaputtassa ime pańca dhammā saṃvijjanti –
yadi vā rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa
pettanikassa , yadi vā senāya
senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā
pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṃ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no
parihānī’’ti.
‘‘Mātāpitukiccakaro, puttadārahito sadā;
Antojanassa atthāya, ye cassa anujīvino.
‘‘Ubhinnańceva atthāya, vadańńū hoti sīlavā;
Ńātīnaṃ pubbapetānaṃ, diṭṭhe dhamme ca jīvataṃ [jīvinaṃ
(sī.), jīvitaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)].
‘‘Samaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ, devatānańca paṇḍito;
Vittisańjanano hoti, dhammena gharamāvasaṃ.
‘‘So karitvāna kalyāṇaṃ, pujjo hoti pasaṃsiyo;
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
9. Paṭhamavuḍḍhapabbajitasuttaṃ
59. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito. Katamehi
pańcahi? Dullabho, bhikkhave, vuḍḍhapabbajito nipuṇo, dullabho
ākappasampanno, dullabho bahussuto ,
dullabho dhammakathiko, dullabho vinayadharo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Dutiyavuḍḍhapabbajitasuttaṃ
60. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito. Katamehi
pańcahi? Dullabho, bhikkhave, vuḍḍhapabbajito suvaco, dullabho
suggahitaggāhī , dullabho
padakkhiṇaggāhī, dullabho dhammakathiko, dullabho vinayadharo. Imehi
kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato dullabho
vuḍḍhapabbajito’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Nīvaraṇavaggo paṭhamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Āvaraṇaṃ rāsi aṅgāni, samayaṃ mātuputtikā;
Upajjhā ṭhānā licchavi, kumārā aparā duveti.
(7) 2. Sańńāvaggo
1. Paṭhamasańńāsuttaṃ
61. ‘‘Pańcimā ,
bhikkhave, sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā
amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Katamā pańca? Asubhasańńā, maraṇasańńā,
ādīnavasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńā [anabhiratisańńā
(ka.) a. ni. 5.121-122, 303-304 passitabbaṃ] –
imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti
mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyasańńāsuttaṃ
62. ‘‘Pańcimā,
bhikkhave, sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā
amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Katamā pańca? Aniccasańńā, anattasańńā,
maraṇasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńā – imā kho,
bhikkhave, pańca sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā
amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Paṭhamavaḍḍhisuttaṃ
63. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamāno ariyasāvako ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati,
sārādāyī ca hoti varādāyī ca kāyassa. Katamāhi pańcahi? Saddhāya
vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, sutena vaḍḍhati, cāgena vaḍḍhati, pańńāya
vaḍḍhati – imāhi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamāno ariyasāvako
ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyī ca hoti varādāyī ca kāyassā’’ti.
‘‘Saddhāya sīlena ca yo
pavaḍḍhati [yodha
vaḍḍhati (sī.)],
Pańńāya cāgena sutena cūbhayaṃ;
So tādiso sappuriso vicakkhaṇo,
Ādīyatī sāramidheva attano’’ti. tatiyaṃ;
4. Dutiyavaḍḍhisuttaṃ
64. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati,
sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassa. Katamāhi pańcahi? Saddhāya
vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, sutena vaḍḍhati, cāgena vaḍḍhati, pańńāya
vaḍḍhati – imāhi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā
ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassā’’ti.
‘‘Saddhāya sīlena ca yā pavaḍḍhati [yādha
vaḍḍhati (sī.)],
Pańńāya cāgena sutena cūbhayaṃ;
Sā tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā,
Ādīyatī sāramidheva attano’’ti. catutthaṃ;
5. Sākacchasuttaṃ
65.[a.
ni. 5.164] ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsākaccho sabrahmacārīnaṃ.
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti,
sīlasampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca
samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā
hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ
pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadāya
kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca
vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya kathāya ca
āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsākaccho sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Sājīvasuttaṃ
66.[a.
ni. 5.164] ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīnaṃ.
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti,
sīlasampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca
samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ
pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadāya
kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti,
vimuttisampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca
vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya kathāya ca
kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Paṭhamaiddhipādasuttaṃ
67. ‘‘Yo hi
koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā pańca dhamme [ime
pańca dhamme (ka.)] bhāveti,
pańca dhamme [ime
pańca dhamme (ka.)] bahulīkaroti,
tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – diṭṭheva dhamme
ańńā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.
‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti,
vīriyasamādhi…pe… cittasamādhi…
vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti,
ussoḷhińńeva pańcamiṃ [ussoḷhīyeva
pańcamī (sī.)]. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā
ime pańca dhamme bhāveti, ime pańca dhamme bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ
phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – diṭṭheva dhamme ańńā, sati vā
upādisese anāgāmitā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Dutiyaiddhipādasuttaṃ
68.
‘‘Pubbevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno
pańca dhamme bhāvesiṃ, pańca dhamme bahulīkāsiṃ [bahulimakāsiṃ
(ka.), bahulamakāsiṃ (ka.)]. Katame pańca?
Chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāvesiṃ ,
vīriyasamādhi… cittasamādhi… vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ
iddhipādaṃ bhāvesiṃ, ussoḷhińńeva pańcamiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave,
imesaṃ ussoḷhipańcamānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā yassa yassa
abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ
abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati
āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhiṃ –
‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ…pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena
vasaṃ vatteyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati
āyatane.
‘‘So sace ākaṅkhiṃ…pe… ‘āsavānaṃ khayā
anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā
sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ
pāpuṇiṃ sati sati āyatane’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Nibbidāsuttaṃ
69. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
upasamāya abhińńāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati,
āhāre paṭikūlasańńī, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī [anabhiratisańńī
(ka.) a. ni. 5.121-122, 303-304 passitabbaṃ], sabbasaṅkhāresu
aniccānupassī, maraṇasańńā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya upasamāya abhińńāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattantī’’ti.
Navamaṃ.
10. Āsavakkhayasuttaṃ
70. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati,
āhāre paṭikūlasańńī ,
sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasańńā
kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā
bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Sańńāvaggo dutiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Dve ca sańńā dve vaḍḍhī ca, sākacchena ca sājīvaṃ;
Iddhipādā ca dve vuttā, nibbidā cāsavakkhayāti.
(8) 3. Yodhājīvavaggo
1. Paṭhamacetovimuttiphalasuttaṃ
71. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca honti
cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti
pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca.
‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati,
āhāre paṭikūlasańńī [paṭikkūlasańńī
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī, sabbasaṅkhāresu
aniccānupassī, maraṇasańńā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca
honti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti
pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cetovimutto ca
hoti pańńāvimutto ca hoti – ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu
ukkhittapaligho itipi, saṃkiṇṇaparikho [saṃkiṇṇaparikkho
(syā. kaṃ.)] itipi,
abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro
visaṃyutto itipi’’’.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho
hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuno ponobhaviko [ponobbhaviko
(syā. ka.)]jātisaṃsāro pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato
anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā
hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti.
‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave,
bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pańcorambhāgiyāni
saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni
anabhāvaṃkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
niraggaḷo hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto
hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo
tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyacetovimuttiphalasuttaṃ
72. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca honti
cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti
pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. Katame pańca? Aniccasańńā, anicce
dukkhasańńā, dukkhe anattasańńā, pahānasańńā, virāgasańńā – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca honti
cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti
pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cetovimutto ca
hoti pańńāvimutto ca – ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho
itipi, saṃkiṇṇaparikho itipi, abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo
pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto itipi’’’.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho
hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ponobhaviko jātisaṃsāro
pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ
anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ
anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuno pańcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti ucchinnamūlāni
tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṃkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto
hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo
tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hotī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ
73. Atha kho
ańńataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘dhammavihārī, dhammavihārī’ti, bhante,
vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu dhammavihārī hotī’’ti?
‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ,
veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ,
vedallaṃ. So tāya dhammapariyattiyā divasaṃ atināmeti, rińcati
paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu
– ‘bhikkhu pariyattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu,
bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. So
tāya dhammapańńattiyā divasaṃ atināmeti, rińcati paṭisallānaṃ,
nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu
pańńattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ
vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. So tena sajjhāyena divasaṃ atināmeti,
rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu sajjhāyabahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu,
bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi
anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. So tehi dhammavitakkehi divasaṃ atināmeti,
rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu vitakkabahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ,
veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ,
vedallaṃ. So tāya dhammapariyattiyā na divasaṃ atināmeti, nāpi rińcati
paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu,
bhikkhu dhammavihārī hoti.
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhu, desito mayā pariyattibahulo, desito pańńattibahulo,
desito sajjhāyabahulo, desito vitakkabahulo, desito dhammavihārī. Yaṃ
kho, bhikkhu [yaṃ
bhikkhu (syā. kaṃ. pī.)], satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā
anukampakena anukampaṃ upādāya, kataṃ vo taṃ mayā. Etāni, bhikkhu,
rukkhamūlāni, etāni suńńāgārāni. Jhāyatha, bhikkhu, mā pamādattha ,
mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. Ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.
Tatiyaṃ.
4. Dutiyadhammavihārīsuttaṃ
74. Atha kho
ańńataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘dhammavihārī dhammavihārī’ti,
bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu dhammavihārī
hotī’’ti?
‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ,
veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ,
vedallaṃ; uttari [uttariṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] cassa
pańńāya atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu
pariyattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ
vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, uttari cassa pańńāya atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu pańńattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu,
bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti,
uttari cassa pańńāya atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu –
‘bhikkhu sajjhāyabahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ
cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati, uttari cassa pańńāya
atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu vitakkabahulo, no
dhammavihārī’’’.
‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ,
veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ,
vedallaṃ; uttari cassa pańńāya atthaṃ pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu,
bhikkhu dhammavihārī hoti.
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhu, desito mayā pariyattibahulo, desito pańńattibahulo,
desito sajjhāyabahulo, desito vitakkabahulo, desito dhammavihārī. Yaṃ
kho, bhikkhu, satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena
anukampaṃ upādāya, kataṃ vo taṃ mayā. Etāni, bhikkhu, rukkhamūlāni,
etāni suńńāgārāni. Jhāyatha bhikkhu, mā pamādattha, mā pacchā
vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. Ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Paṭhamayodhājīvasuttaṃ
75. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Idha,
bhikkhave, ekacco yodhājīvo rajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati na
santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evarūpopi [evarūpo
(sī.) pu. pa. 193], bhikkhave, idhekacco [ekacco
(sī.)] yodhājīvo hoti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ; api ca
kho dhajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati,
na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave,
idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo
saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ sahati
dhajaggaṃ; api ca kho ussāraṇańńeva [ussādanaṃyeva
(sī. pī.)] sutvā
saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti
saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati
dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ; api ca kho sampahāre hańńati [āhańńati
(sī.)] byāpajjati.
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
catuttho yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati
dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ, sahati sampahāraṃ.
So taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ
ajjhāvasati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo
saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsu .
Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati
visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ [santānetuṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ
paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Kimassa rajaggasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave ,
bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā kumārī vā
abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā’ti.
So taṃ sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti
brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattati. Idamassa rajaggasmiṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo rajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati
visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ; tathūpamāhaṃ,
bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo
hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno
bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ; api ca kho
dhajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti
brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā
sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Kimassa dhajaggasmiṃ? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho suṇāti – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame
vā itthī vā kumārī vā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya
vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā’ti; api ca kho sāmaṃ passati itthiṃ vā
kumāriṃ vā abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya
samannāgataṃ. So taṃ disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na
sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ
sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.
Idamassa dhajaggasmiṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ; api ca kho
dhajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati,
na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave,
imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno
bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ; api ca kho ussāraṇańńeva
sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ
sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.
Kimassa ussāraṇāya? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ arańńagataṃ vā
rukkhamūlagataṃ vā suńńāgāragataṃ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā ūhasati [uhasati
(ka.), ohasati (syā. kaṃ.) pu. pa. 196] ullapati
ujjagghati uppaṇḍeti. So mātugāmena ūhasiyamāno ullapiyamāno
ujjagghiyamāno uppaṇḍiyamāno saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na
sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ
paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Idamassa ussāraṇāya.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ;
api ca kho ussāraṇańńeva sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na
sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ
vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
tatiyo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ,
sahati ussāraṇaṃ; api ca kho
sampahāre hańńati byāpajjati. Kimassa sampahārasmiṃ ?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ arańńagataṃ vā rukkhamūlagataṃ vā suńńāgāragataṃ
vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā abhinisīdati abhinipajjati ajjhottharati. So
mātugāmena abhinisīdiyamāno abhinipajjiyamāno ajjhotthariyamāno sikkhaṃ
apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati. Idamassa
sampahārasmiṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ,
sahati ussāraṇaṃ, api ca kho sampahāre hańńati byāpajjati; tathūpamāhaṃ,
bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo
hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno
bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ,
sahati ussāraṇaṃ, sahati sampahāraṃ, so taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā
vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati .
Kimassa saṅgāmavijayasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arańńagataṃ vā
rukkhamūlagataṃ vā suńńāgāragataṃ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā abhinisīdati
abhinipajjati ajjhottharati. So mātugāmena abhinisīdiyamāno
abhinipajjiyamāno ajjhotthariyamāno viniveṭhetvā vinimocetvā yena kāmaṃ
pakkamati. So vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati arańńaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ
kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuńjaṃ.
‘‘So arańńagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suńńāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ
ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā .
So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya
cittaṃ parisodheti; byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati,
sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti; thinamiddhaṃ
pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasańńī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā
cittaṃ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati
ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti;
vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu
dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti. So ime pańca nīvaraṇe pahāya
cetaso upakkilese pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kāmehi…pe… pītiyā ca
virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato sampajāno, sukhańca kāyena
paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā
dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā
adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati.
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte
parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite
āneńjappatte āsavānaṃ khayańāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ
dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ
dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ime āsavā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ
āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī
paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato
kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ
vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ńāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti.
Idamassa saṅgāmavijayasmiṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ,
sahati ussāraṇaṃ, sahati sampahāraṃ, so taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā
vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave,
imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno
bhikkhūsu. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo
saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsū’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Dutiyayodhājīvasuttaṃ
76. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Idha,
bhikkhave, ekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā
viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ
ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave,
idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvo santo
saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā
dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme
ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ
ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti [upalikhanti
(ka.)], tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti. So ńātakehi
nīyamāno appatvāva ńātake antarāmagge kālaṃ karoti. Evarūpopi,
bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo
santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā
dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā
viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ
ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā
ńātakānaṃ nenti. Tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ńātakehi
upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno teneva ābādhena kālaṃ karoti .
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo
yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā
dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme
ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti,
tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti. Tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti
paricaranti. So ńātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno vuṭṭhāti tamhā
ābādhā. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
catuttho yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā
dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So taṃ saṅgāmaṃ
abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva
saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo
hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo
saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsu. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ
gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya
tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena
arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi
indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā.
Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ
anuddhaṃseti. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya
dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ
sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati
vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave,
idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya
tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena
arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi
indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā.
Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ
anuddhaṃseti. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena pariḍayhateva kāyena
pariḍayhati cetasā. Tassa evaṃ hoti
– ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ
āroceyyaṃ – rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi [rāgāyitomhi
(sī. syā. kaṃ)], āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ
sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So ārāmaṃ gacchanto appatvāva ārāmaṃ antarāmagge
sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ
sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati
vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ
apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti. So ńātakehi nīyamāno appatvāva ńātake
antarāmagge kālaṃ karoti; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo
yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya
tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena
arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi
indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā.
Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ
anuddhaṃseti. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena pariḍayhateva kāyena
pariḍayhati cetasā. Tassa evaṃ hoti
– ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceyyaṃ – rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi,
āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ;
sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So
ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceti – ‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso,
rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ
āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti.
‘‘Tamenaṃ sabrahmacārī ovadanti anusāsanti – ‘appassādā ,
āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā [bahūpāyāsā
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) pāci. 417; cūḷava. 65; ma. ni. 1.234],
ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā
bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṅgārakāsūpamā
kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.
Supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha
bhiyyo. Yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo
ettha bhiyyo. Rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā
bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā bahudukkhā
bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.
Sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha
bhiyyo. Abhiramatāyasmā brahmacariye; māyasmā sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā
sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattī’’’ti.
‘‘So sabrahmacārīhi evaṃ ovadiyamāno evaṃ anusāsiyamāno evamāha –
‘kińcāpi, āvuso, appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā,
ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo; atha kho nevāhaṃ sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ
sandhāretuṃ, sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti. So sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattati.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ
sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati
vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ
apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ
nenti, tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti .
So ńātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno teneva ābādhena kālaṃ karoti;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave,
idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo
santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya
tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena
arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi
indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā.
Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā
dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. So
rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena pariḍayhateva kāyena pariḍayhati cetasā. Tassa
evaṃ hoti – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceyyaṃ –
rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ;
sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So
ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceti – ‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso,
rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ
āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti.
‘‘Tamenaṃ sabrahmacārī ovadanti anusāsanti – ‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā
vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.
Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo
ettha bhiyyo. Maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā
vuttā bhagavatā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… supinakūpamā kāmā
vuttā bhagavatā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā
vuttā bhagavatā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Abhiramatāyasmā
brahmacariye; māyasmā sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattī’’’ti.
‘‘So sabrahmacārīhi evaṃ
ovadiyamāno evaṃ anusāsiyamāno evamāha – ‘ussahissāmi ,
āvuso, vāyamissāmi, āvuso, abhiramissāmi, āvuso! Na dānāhaṃ, āvuso,
sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ
sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati
vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ
apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti, tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti
paricaranti. So ńātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno vuṭṭhāti tamhā
ābādhā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi,
bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho
yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya
tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati rakkhiteneva kāyena
rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi
indriyehi. So cakkhunā rūpaṃ
disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ
cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati
cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ vińńāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati;
rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. So pacchābhattaṃ
piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati arańńaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ
pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuńjaṃ.
So arańńagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suńńāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ
ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So
abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya…pe… so ime pańca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese
pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kāmehi…pe… catutthaṃ
jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneńjappatte āsavānaṃ khayańāṇāya cittaṃ
abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti…pe… nāparaṃ
itthattāyāti pajānāti’’.
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ
sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā
vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave,
imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno
bhikkhūsu. Ime kho, bhikkhave ,
pańca yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsū’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Paṭhamaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ
77. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena [ārańńakena
(sabbattha a. ni. 5.181; pari. 443)]bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā
pahitattena viharituṃ
appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati
– ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekakaṃ kho pana maṃ [ekakaṃ
kho pana (syā. kaṃ.)] arańńe
viharantaṃ ahi vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, vicchiko [vicchikā
(syā.)] vā maṃ
ḍaṃseyya, satapadī vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā, so mamassa
antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ
anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena
ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ
kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekako kho panāhaṃ arańńe viharanto
upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṃ, bhattaṃ vā bhuttaṃ me byāpajjeyya, pittaṃ vā
me kuppeyya, semhaṃ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṃ, tena
me assa kālaṅkiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi
appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena
bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ
kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekako kho panāhaṃ arańńe viharanto
vāḷehi samāgaccheyyaṃ, sīhena vā byagghena vā dīpinā vā acchena vā
taracchena vā, te maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā ,
so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena
bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa
pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ
kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekako kho panāhaṃ arańńe viharanto
māṇavehi samāgaccheyyaṃ katakammehi vā akatakammehi vā, te maṃ jīvitā
voropeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā ,
so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena
bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya
asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ
kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Santi kho panārańńe vāḷā amanussā, te
maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo;
handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya
asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ
anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena
ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva
ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ
appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa
sacchikiriyāyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Dutiyaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ
78. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena
ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Katamāni pańca? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi daharo yuvā
susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā .
Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ jarā phusati. Jiṇṇena kho pana
jarāya abhibhūtena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na
sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto
amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva
(sī.)] vīriyaṃ
ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa
sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato jiṇṇakopi phāsuṃ [phāsu
(pī. ka.)] viharissāmī’ti.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā
appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho
etarahi appābādho appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato
nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Hoti kho pana so
samayo yaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ byādhi phusati. Byādhitena kho pana byādhinā
abhibhūtena [byādhābhibhūtena
(sī. pī. ka.)] na
sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni
pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho
akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya ,
yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato byādhitopi phāsuṃ viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā
appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘etarahi kho
subhikkhaṃ susassaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ ,
sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ
dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena
yāpetuṃ. Dubbhikkhe kho pana manussā yena subhikkhaṃ tena saṅkamanti [tenupasaṅkamanti
(ka.)]. Tattha saṅgaṇikavihāro hoti ākiṇṇavihāro. Saṅgaṇikavihāre
kho pana sati ākiṇṇavihāre na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ,
na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ
so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ
ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa
sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato dubbhikkhepi phāsu
viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena
alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa
pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘etarahi kho manussā samaggā sammodamānā
avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā ańńamańńaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā
viharanti. Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo,
cakkasamārūḷhā jānapadā pariyāyanti. Bhaye kho pana sati manussā yena
khemaṃ tena saṅkamanti. Tattha saṅgaṇikavihāro hoti ākiṇṇavihāro.
Saṅgaṇikavihāre kho pana sati
ākiṇṇavihāre na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni
arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ.
Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ
paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya
asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato bhayepi
phāsuṃ viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ
sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena
viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa
sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘etarahi kho
saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharati. Hoti kho
pana so samayo yaṃ saṅgho bhijjati. Saṅghe kho pana bhinne na sukaraṃ
buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto
amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena
samannāgato bhinnepi saṅghe phāsuṃ viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave,
pańcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā
pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya
asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva
bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena
viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa
sacchikiriyāyā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Tatiyaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ
79. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti.
Tāni vo [kho
(katthaci)]paṭibujjhitabbāni ;
paṭibujjhitvā ca tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Katamāni pańca? Bhavissanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ
abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā
samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńe upasampādessanti.
Tepi [te
(sī.)] na sakkhissanti
vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte adhipańńāya. Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā
abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā
abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńe upasampādessanti. Tepi [te
(?)] na sakkhissanti
vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte adhipańńāya. Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā
abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Iti kho, bhikkhave,
dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ
samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa
pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ
abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā
samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńesaṃ nissayaṃ
dassanti. Tepi na sakkhissanti vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte adhipańńāya .
Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā.
Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńesaṃ
nissayaṃ dassanti. Tepi na sakkhissanti vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte
adhipańńāya. Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā
abhāvitapańńā. Iti kho, bhikkhave, dhammasandosā vinayasandoso;
vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ
etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ;
paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā
abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā
abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā abhidhammakathaṃ vedallakathaṃ kathentā
kaṇhadhammaṃ okkamamānā na bujjhissanti. Iti kho, bhikkhave,
dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ
samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa
pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ
abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā
samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ye te suttantā
tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suńńatāppaṭisaṃyuttā,
tesu bhańńamānesu na
sussūsissanti, na sotaṃ odahissanti, na ańńā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapessanti, na
ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ mańńissanti. Ye pana te
suttantā kavitā [kavikatā
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī., saṃ. ni. 2.229) ṭīkā oloketabbā]kāveyyā
cittakkharā cittabyańjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā, tesu bhańńamānesu
sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissanti, ańńā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapessanti, te ca
dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ mańńissanti. Iti kho, bhikkhave,
dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ
samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa
pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā
abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā .
Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā therā
bhikkhū bāhulikā [bāhullikā
(syā. kaṃ.) a. ni. 2.49; 3.96]bhavissanti sāthalikā okkamane
pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhissanti appattassa
pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Tesaṃ
pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjissati. Sāpi bhavissati bāhulikā
sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ
ārabhissati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa
sacchikiriyāya. Iti kho, bhikkhave, dhammasandosā vinayasandoso;
vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi
asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ;
paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ .
‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni
āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti. Tāni vo paṭibujjhitabbāni; paṭibujjhitvā ca
tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabba’’nti. Navamaṃ.
10. Catutthaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ
80. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti.
Tāni vo paṭibujjhitabbāni; paṭibujjhitvā ca tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Katamāni pańca? Bhavissanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ
cīvare kalyāṇakāmā. Te cīvare kalyāṇakāmā samānā rińcissanti
paṃsukūlikattaṃ, rińcissanti arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni;
gāmanigamarājadhānīsu osaritvā vāsaṃ kappessanti, cīvarahetu ca
anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissanti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave,
paṭhamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ
vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ piṇḍapāte kalyāṇakāmā. Te piṇḍapāte
kalyāṇakāmā samānā rińcissanti piṇḍapātikattaṃ ,
rińcissanti arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; gāmanigamarājadhānīsu
osaritvā vāsaṃ kappessanti jivhaggena rasaggāni pariyesamānā,
piṇḍapātahetu ca anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissanti. Idaṃ,
bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ
samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo
paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ senāsane
kalyāṇakāmā. Te senāsane kalyāṇakāmā samānā rińcissanti rukkhamūlikattaṃ [ārańńakattaṃ
(syā. kaṃ.)], rińcissanti arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni;
gāmanigamarājadhānīsu osaritvā vāsaṃ kappessanti, senāsanahetu ca
anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissanti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ
anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo
paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ
bhikkhunīsikkhamānāsamaṇuddesehi saṃsaṭṭhā viharissanti.
Bhikkhunīsikkhamānāsamaṇuddesehi saṃsagge kho pana, bhikkhave, sati etaṃ
pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘anabhiratā vā brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, ańńataraṃ vā
saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjissanti, sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattissanti’. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi
asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ;
paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ
ārāmikasamaṇuddesehi saṃsaṭṭhā viharissanti. Ārāmikasamaṇuddesehi
saṃsagge kho pana, bhikkhave, sati etaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘anekavihitaṃ
sannidhikāraparibhogaṃ anuyuttā
viharissanti, oḷārikampi nimittaṃ karissanti, pathaviyāpi haritaggepi’.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ
āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa
pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.
‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca
anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti. Tāni vo
paṭibujjhitabbāni; paṭibujjhitvā ca tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabba’’nti.
Dasamaṃ.
Yodhājīvavaggo tatiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Dve cetovimuttiphalā, dve ca dhammavihārino;
Yodhājīvā ca dve vuttā, cattāro ca anāgatāti.
(9) 4. Theravaggo
1. Rajanīyasuttaṃ
81. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca
hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Rajanīye
rajjati, dussanīye [dusanīye
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dussati,
mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye [kupanīye
(sī. syā. kaṃ.), kopanīye (pī.)] kuppati,
madanīye majjati – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato
thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca
abhāvanīyo ca.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Rajanīye na
rajjati, dussanīye na dussati,
mohanīye na muyhati, kuppanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati – imehi
kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu
sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti.
Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Vītarāgasuttaṃ
82. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca
hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi?
Avītarāgo hoti, avītadoso hoti, avītamoho hoti, makkhī ca, paḷāsī ca –
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu
sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Vītarāgo
hoti, vītadoso hoti, vītamoho
hoti, amakkhī ca, apaḷāsī ca – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca
bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Kuhakasuttaṃ
83. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca
hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Kuhako ca
hoti, lapako ca, nemittiko [nimittiko
(syā. kaṃ.), nimittako (ka.)] ca,
nippesiko ca, lābhena ca lābhaṃ nijigīsitā [nijigiṃsitā
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] –
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu
sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo
ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Na ca kuhako hoti, na ca
lapako, na ca nemittiko, na ca nippesiko, na ca lābhena lābhaṃ
nijigīsitā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero
bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti.
Tatiyaṃ.
4. Assaddhasuttaṃ
84. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca
hoti, amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Assaddho
hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti ,
kusīto hoti, duppańńo hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca
agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho
hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti,
āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo
ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Akkhamasuttaṃ
85. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca
hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Akkhamo hoti
rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo
phoṭṭhabbānaṃ – imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Khamo
hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo
phoṭṭhabbānaṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero
bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti.
Pańcamaṃ.
6. Paṭisambhidāpattasuttaṃ
86. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca
hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi?
Atthapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, dhammapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti,
niruttipaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti ,
yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni tattha dakkho hoti
analaso tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ
saṃvidhātuṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero
bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti.
Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Sīlavantasuttaṃ
87. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca
hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti,
pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati. Ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu
vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti
sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā
pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ
sabyańjanaṃ [sātthā
sabyańjanā (sī.)] kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ
parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā
honti dhātā [dhatā
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vacasā
paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇavāco hoti
kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya
atthassa vińńāpaniyā; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī;
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ
abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo
ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Therasuttaṃ
88. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanaahitāya paṭipanno
hoti bahujanaasukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya
devamanussānaṃ.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Thero hoti rattańńū cirapabbajito; ńāto hoti yasassī
sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ [gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ
(sī.)]bahujanaparivāro; lābhī hoti
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ; bahussuto
hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā
sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā
manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā appaṭividdhā; micchādiṭṭhiko hoti
viparītadassano, so bahujanaṃ saddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā asaddhamme
patiṭṭhāpeti. Thero bhikkhu rattańńū cirapabbajito itipissa
diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti ,
ńāto thero bhikkhu yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ bahujanaparivāro
itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, lābhī thero bhikkhu
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ itipissa
diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, bahussuto thero bhikkhu sutadharo sutasannicayo
itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanaahitāya paṭipanno hoti
bahujanaasukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya
devamanussānaṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanahitāya
paṭipanno hoti bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya
devamanussānaṃ.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Thero hoti rattańńū cirapabbajito; ńāto hoti yasassī
sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ bahujanaparivāro; lābhī hoti
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ ;
bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā
majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ
parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā
honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā;
sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano, so bahujanaṃ asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā
saddhamme patiṭṭhāpeti. Thero bhikkhu rattańńū cirapabbajito itipissa
diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, ńāto thero bhikkhu yasassī
sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ bahujanaparivāro itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ
āpajjanti, lābhī thero bhikkhu
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ itipissa
diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, bahussuto thero bhikkhu sutadharo sutasannicayo
itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanasukhāya bahuno
janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Paṭhamasekhasuttaṃ
89. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame
pańca ? Kammārāmatā,
bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ na
paccavekkhati – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno
parihānāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na
saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti.
Navamaṃ.
10. Dutiyasekhasuttaṃ
90. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame
pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu bahukicco hoti bahukaraṇīyo viyatto
kiṃkaraṇīyesu; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya
saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu appamattakena kammena divasaṃ
atināmeti; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu saṃsaṭṭho viharati
gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ,
nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ .
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu akālena gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā
paṭikkamati; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya
saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
sekho bhikkhu yāyaṃ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā,
seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā
vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā
samādhikathā pańńākathā vimuttikathā vimuttińāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā
kathāya na nikāmalābhī hoti na akicchalābhī na akasiralābhī [kicchalābhī
kasiralābhī (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī)]; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ,
nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo
sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu na
bahukicco hoti na bahukaraṇīyo viyatto kiṃkaraṇīyesu; na rińcati
paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
paṭhamo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu na appamattakena kammena
divasaṃ atināmeti; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ
cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno
aparihānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu asaṃsaṭṭho viharati
gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena; na rińcati
paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ .
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya
saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu na atikālena gāmaṃ pavisati,
nātidivā paṭikkamati; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ
cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno
aparihānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṃ kathā ābhisallekhikā
cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā
pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā
pańńākathā vimuttikathā vimuttińāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī
hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati
ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo sekhassa
bhikkhuno aparihānāya
saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno
aparihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Theravaggo catuttho.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Rajanīyo vītarāgo,
kuhakāssaddhaakkhamā;
Paṭisambhidā ca sīlena, thero sekhā pare duveti.
(10) 5. Kakudhavaggo
1. Paṭhamasampadāsuttaṃ
91. ‘‘Pańcimā ,
bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā,
sutasampadā, cāgasampadā, pańńāsampadā – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca
sampadā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyasampadāsuttaṃ
92. ‘‘Pańcimā ,
bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Sīlasampadā, samādhisampadā,
pańńāsampadā, vimuttisampadā, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadā – imā kho,
bhikkhave, pańca sampadā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Byākaraṇasuttaṃ
93. ‘‘Pańcimāni,
bhikkhave, ańńābyākaraṇāni. Katamāni pańca? Mandattā momūhattā ańńaṃ
byākaroti; pāpiccho icchāpakato ańńaṃ byākaroti; ummādā cittakkhepā
ańńaṃ byākaroti; adhimānena ańńaṃ byākaroti; sammadeva ańńaṃ byākaroti.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca ańńābyākaraṇānī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Phāsuvihārasuttaṃ
94. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, phāsuvihārā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ
pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ
vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ
cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca phāsuvihārā’’ti.
Catutthaṃ.
5. Akuppasuttaṃ
95. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva akuppaṃ
paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, dhammapaṭisambhidāpatto
hoti, niruttipaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti,
yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti.
Pańcamaṃ.
6. Sutadharasuttaṃ
96. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ āsevanto
nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu appaṭṭho hoti appakicco subharo susantoso jīvitaparikkhāresu;
appāhāro hoti anodarikattaṃ anuyutto; appamiddho hoti jāgariyaṃ
anuyutto; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā
ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa
dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā
suppaṭividdhā; yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ āsevanto
nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Kathāsuttaṃ
97. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ bhāvento
nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu appaṭṭho hoti appakicco subharo susantoso jīvitaparikkhāresu;
appāhāro hoti anodarikattaṃ anuyutto; appamiddho hoti
jāgariyaṃ anuyutto; yāyaṃ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā,
seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā…pe… vimuttińāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā
kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ
paccavekkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato
bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ bhāvento nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti.
Sattamaṃ.
8. Ārańńakasuttaṃ
98. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ bahulīkaronto
nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu appaṭṭho hoti appakicco subharo susantoso jīvitaparikkhāresu;
appāhāro hoti anodarikattaṃ anuyutto; appamiddho hoti jāgariyaṃ
anuyutto; ārańńako hoti pantasenāsano; yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ
paccavekkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
ānāpānassatiṃ bahulīkaronto nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti.
Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Sīhasuttaṃ
99. ‘‘Sīho,
bhikkhave, migarājā sāyanhasamayaṃ āsayā nikkhamati; āsayā nikkhamitvā
vijambhati; vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṃ [catuddisā
(syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) a. ni. 4.33; saṃ. ni. 3.78 passitabbaṃ] anuviloketi;
samantā catuddisaṃ [catuddisā
(syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) a. ni. 4.33; saṃ. ni. 3.78 passitabbaṃ] anuviloketvā
tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati; tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya
pakkamati. So hatthissa cepi pahāraṃ deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti,
no asakkaccaṃ; mahiṃsassa [mahisassa
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]cepi pahāraṃ deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ
deti, no asakkaccaṃ; gavassa cepi pahāraṃ deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ
deti, no asakkaccaṃ; dīpissa cepi pahāraṃ
deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti ,
no asakkaccaṃ; khuddakānańcepi pāṇānaṃ
pahāraṃ deti antamaso sasabiḷārānampi [sasabiḷārānaṃ
(ka.)], sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti, no asakkaccaṃ. Taṃ kissa
hetu? ‘Mā me yoggapatho nassā’ti.
‘‘Sīhoti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato
sammāsambuddhassa. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato parisāya dhammaṃ
deseti, idamassa hoti sīhanādasmiṃ. Bhikkhūnańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato
dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ;
bhikkhunīnańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva
tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ; upāsakānańcepi, bhikkhave,
tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva tathāgato
dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ; upāsikānańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato
dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ;
puthujjanānańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti antamaso
annabhāranesādānampi [annabhāranesādānaṃ
(ka.)], sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Dhammagaru, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammagāravo’’ti.
Navamaṃ.
10. Kakudhatherasuttaṃ
100. Evaṃ me
sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. [cūḷava.
333, 341] Tena kho
pana samayena kakudho nāma koliyaputto [koḷīyaputto
(sī. syā. ka.)] āyasmato
mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno. Tassa evarūpo attabhāvapaṭilābho hoti – seyyathāpi nāma dve vā
tīṇi vā māgadhakāni [māgadhikāni
(sī. pī. ka.)] gāmakkhettāni.
So tena attabhāvapaṭilābhena neva attānaṃ [nevattānaṃ
byābādheti (sī.)] no
paraṃ byābādheti.
Atha kho kakudho devaputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho kakudho
devaputto āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca
– ‘‘devadattassa, bhante, evarūpaṃ icchāgataṃ uppajji – ‘ahaṃ
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti. Sahacittuppādā ca, bhante, devadatto
tassā iddhiyā parihīno’’ti. Idamavoca kakudho devaputto. Idaṃ vatvā
āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā
tatthevantaradhāyi.
Atha kho āyasmā
mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ
nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Kakudho nāma, bhante, koliyaputto mamaṃ upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato
ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno hoti. Tassa evarūpo
attabhāvapaṭilābho – seyyathāpi nāma dve vā tīṇi vā māgadhakāni
gāmakkhettāni. So tena attabhāvapaṭilābhena neva attānaṃ no paraṃ
byābādheti. Atha kho, bhante, kakudho devaputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho,
bhante, kakudho devaputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘devadattassa, bhante,
evarūpaṃ icchāgataṃ uppajji – ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmīti.
Sahacittuppādā ca, bhante, devadatto tassā iddhiyā parihīno’ti.
Idamavoca, bhante, kakudho devaputto. Idaṃ vatvā maṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyī’’ti.
‘‘Kiṃ pana te, moggallāna, kakudho devaputto cetasā ceto paricca vidito
– ‘yaṃ kińci kakudho devaputto bhāsati sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no
ańńathā’’’ti? ‘‘Cetasā ceto paricca vidito me, bhante, kakudho devaputto
– ‘yaṃ kińci kakudho devaputto bhāsati sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no
ańńathā’’’ti. ‘‘Rakkhassetaṃ, moggallāna, vācaṃ! (Rakkhassetaṃ,
moggallāna, vācaṃ) [(
) sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. potthakesu natthi cūḷava. 333 pana sabbatthapi
dissatiyeva]! Idāni so moghapuriso attanāva attānaṃ pātukarissati .
‘‘Pańcime, moggallāna, satthāro santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame
pańca? Idha , moggallāna,
ekacco satthā aparisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāti
‘parisuddhaṃ me sīlaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti.
Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhasīlo
samāno parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me sīlaṃ pariyodātaṃ
asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma, nāssassa
manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ [kathaṃ
nu taṃ (sī.), kathaṃ nu (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.), kathaṃ taṃ (katthaci)] mayaṃ
tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo
karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti .
Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṃ sāvakā sīlato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca
pana satthā sāvakehi sīlato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)].
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhājīvo samāno
‘parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddho me ājīvo pariyodāto
asaṃkiliṭṭho’ti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā
aparisuddhājīvo samāno parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddho me
ājīvo pariyodāto asaṃkiliṭṭho’ti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma,
nāssassa manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena
samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo
karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna,
satthāraṃ sāvakā ājīvato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi
ājīvato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhadhammadesano
samāno ‘parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhā me
dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṃkiliṭṭhā’ti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti –
‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhadhammadesano samāno
parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāti
‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṃkiliṭṭhā’ti. Mayańceva kho
pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma, nāssassa manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ,
kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo
karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna,
satthāraṃ sāvakā dhammadesanato rakkhanti ;
evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi dhammadesanato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhaveyyākaraṇo
samāno ‘parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me
veyyākaraṇaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti –
‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno
parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me veyyākaraṇaṃ
pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma,
nāssassa manāpaṃ . Yaṃ kho
panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati
kho pana cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ
tumo karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna,
satthāraṃ sāvakā veyyākaraṇato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca pana satthā
sāvakehi veyyākaraṇato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhańāṇadassano
samāno ‘parisuddhańāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me
ńāṇadassanaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti –
‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhańāṇadassano samāno
parisuddhańāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me ńāṇadassanaṃ
pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma,
nāssassa manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena
samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati
kho pana cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ
tumo karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna,
satthāraṃ sāvakā ńāṇadassanato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca pana satthā
sāvakehi ńāṇadassanato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati. Ime kho, moggallāna, pańca
satthāro santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Ahaṃ kho pana, moggallāna, parisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti
paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṃ me sīlaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Na ca maṃ
sāvakā sīlato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi sīlato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmi.
Parisuddhājīvo samāno ‘parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddho me
ājīvo pariyodāto asaṃkiliṭṭho’ti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā ājīvato
rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi ājīvato rakkhaṃ
paccāsīsāmi. Parisuddhadhammadesano samāno ‘parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti
paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṃkiliṭṭhā’ti. Na ca
maṃ sāvakā dhammadesanato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi dhammadesanato
rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmi. Parisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno
‘parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṃ me veyyākaraṇaṃ
pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā veyyākaraṇato rakkhanti,
na cāhaṃ sāvakehi veyyākaraṇato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmi.
Parisuddhańāṇadassano samāno ‘parisuddhańāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāmi
‘parisuddhaṃ me ńāṇadassanaṃ pariyodātaṃ
asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā ńāṇadassanato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ
sāvakehi ńāṇadassanato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Kakudhavaggo pańcamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Dve sampadā byākaraṇaṃ, phāsu
akuppapańcamaṃ;
Sutaṃ kathā ārańńako, sīho ca kakudho dasāti.
Dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.
3. Tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ
(11) 1. Phāsuvihāravaggo
1. Sārajjasuttaṃ
101. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, sekhavesārajjakaraṇā dhammā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti,
pańńavā hoti.
‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, assaddhassa sārajjaṃ hoti, saddhassa taṃ sārajjaṃ na
hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.
‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sārajjaṃ hoti, sīlavato taṃ sārajjaṃ na
hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.
‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, appassutassa sārajjaṃ hoti, bahussutassa taṃ sārajjaṃ
na hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.
‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, kusītassa sārajjaṃ hoti, āraddhavīriyassa taṃ sārajjaṃ
na hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.
‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, duppańńassa sārajjaṃ hoti, pańńavato taṃ sārajjaṃ na
hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
sekhavesārajjakaraṇā dhammā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Ussaṅkitasuttaṃ
102. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti
pāpabhikkhūti api akuppadhammopi [api
akuppadhammo (sī. syā. kaṃ.)].
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vesiyāgocaro vā hoti,
vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā
hoti, bhikkhunīgocaro vā hoti.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti
pāpabhikkhūti api akuppadhammopī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Mahācorasuttaṃ
103. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi
harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati. Katamehi pańcahi?
Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito ca hoti, gahananissito ca,
balavanissito ca, bhogacāgī ca, ekacārī ca.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
mahācoro nadīviduggaṃ vā nissito hoti pabbatavisamaṃ vā. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro gahananissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
mahācoro tiṇagahanaṃ vā nissito hoti rukkhagahanaṃ vā rodhaṃ [gedhaṃ
(sī.) a. ni. 3.51] vā
mahāvanasaṇḍaṃ vā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro gahananissito hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
mahācoro rājānaṃ vā
rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘sace maṃ koci kińci vakkhati,
ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī’ti.
Sace naṃ koci kińci āha, tyassa rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya
atthaṃ bhaṇanti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro bhogacāgī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
mahācoro aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘sace maṃ
koci kińci vakkhati, ito bhogena paṭisantharissāmī’ti. Sace naṃ koci
kińci āha, tato bhogena paṭisantharati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro
bhogacāgī hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekacārī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro
ekakova gahaṇāni [niggahaṇāni
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] kattā
hoti. Taṃ kissa hetu? ‘Mā me guyhamantā
bahiddhā sambhedaṃ agamaṃsū’ti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekacārī
hoti.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi
chindati nillopampi harati ekāgārikampi karoti paripanthepi tiṭṭhati.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu
khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo vińńūnaṃ,
bahuńca apuńńaṃ pasavati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu
visamanissito ca hoti, gahananissito ca, balavanissito ca, bhogacāgī ca,
ekacārī ca.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
pāpabhikkhu visamena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, visamena vacīkammena
samannāgato hoti, visamena manokammena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu gahananissito hoti? Idha ,
bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu micchādiṭṭhiko hoti
antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu
gahananissito hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
pāpabhikkhu rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti
– ‘sace maṃ koci kińci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā
vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī’ti. Sace naṃ koci kińci āha, tyassa
rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇanti. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu bhogacāgī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
pāpabhikkhu lābhī hoti
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Tassa evaṃ
hoti – ‘sace maṃ koci kińci vakkhati, ito lābhena paṭisantharissāmī’ti.
Sace naṃ koci kińci āha, tato lābhena paṭisantharati. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu bhogacāgī hoti.
‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave,
pāpabhikkhu ekacārī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu ekakova
paccantimesu janapadesu nivāsaṃ kappeti. So tattha kulāni upasaṅkamanto
lābhaṃ labhati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu ekacārī hoti.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ
upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo vińńūnaṃ, bahuńca
apuńńaṃ pasavatī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Samaṇasukhumālasuttaṃ
104. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ
paribhuńjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjati,
appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ
paribhuńjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuńjati, appaṃ ayācito. Yehi kho pana
sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharati ,
tyassa [tyāssa
(ka.) a. ni. 4.87] manāpeneva
bahulaṃ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ
vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ
manokammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpaṃyeva upahāraṃ
upaharanti, appaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yāni kho pana tāni vedayitāni
pittasamuṭṭhānāni vā semhasamuṭṭhānāni vā vātasamuṭṭhānāni vā
sannipātikāni vā utupariṇāmajāni vā visamaparihārajāni vā opakkamikāni
vā kammavipākajāni vā, tānissa na bahudeva uppajjanti. Appābādho hoti,
catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī
hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ
pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja
viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti.
‘‘Yańhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu
samaṇasukhumālo’ti, mameva taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā [mameva
taṃ sammā (?)] vadamāno
vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’ti .
Ahańhi, bhikkhave, yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito;
yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova
bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito. Yehi kho
pana bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ viharāmi, te maṃ manāpeneva bahulaṃ kāyakammena
samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena ;
manāpeneva bahulaṃ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena;
manāpeneva bahulaṃ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena;
manāpaṃyeva upahāraṃ upaharanti, appaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yāni kho pana tāni
vedayitāni – pittasamuṭṭhānāni vā semhasamuṭṭhānāni vā vātasamuṭṭhānāni
vā sannipātikāni vā utupariṇāmajāni vā visamaparihārajāni vā
opakkamikāni vā kammavipākajāni vā –
tāni me na bahudeva uppajjanti. Appābādhohamasmi, catunnaṃ kho panasmi [catunnaṃ
kho pana (sī.), catunnaṃ (syā. pī.)] jhānānaṃ
ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī [nikāmalābhī
homi (sī. ka.)] akicchalābhī
akasiralābhī, āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi.
‘‘Yańhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā
vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’ti, mameva taṃ, bhikkhave,
sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Phāsuvihārasuttaṃ
105. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, phāsuvihārā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṃ
kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṃ
vacīkammaṃ…pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi
ceva raho ca. Yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni
bhujissāni vińńuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni,
tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmańńagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho
ca. Yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā
dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmańńagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi
āvi ceva raho ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca phāsuvihārā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Ānandasuttaṃ
106. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena
bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṅghe [bhikkhuṃsaṃgho
(syā. pī.)] viharanto
phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā [attanā
ca (pī. ka.)] sīlasampanno
hoti, no [no
ca (ka.)] paraṃ
adhisīle sampavattā [sampavattā
hoti (ka.)]; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto
phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti.
‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto
phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, ānanda [ānandāti
bhagavā āvoca (syā. pī.)]! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā
sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti,
no parānupekkhī; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ
vihareyyā’’ti.
‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi
pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā,
ānanda! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ
adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti, no parānupekkhī; apańńāto ca
hoti, tena ca apańńātakena no paritassati; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda,
bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto
phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti.
‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto
phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, ānanda! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā
sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti,
no parānupekkhī; apańńāto ca hoti, tena ca apańńātakena no paritassati;
catunnańca [catunnaṃ
(pī. ka.)] jhānānaṃ
ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī
akasiralābhī; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ
vihareyyā’’ti.
‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi
pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā,
ānanda! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ
adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti, no parānupekkhī; apańńāto ca
hoti, tena ca apańńātakena no paritassati; catunnańca jhānānaṃ
ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī
akasiralābhī; āsavānańca [āsavānaṃ
(sī. pī. ka.)] khayā
anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe
viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyya.
‘‘Imamhā cāhaṃ, ānanda, phāsuvihārā ańńo phāsuvihāro uttaritaro vā
paṇītataro vā natthīti vadāmī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Sīlasuttaṃ
107. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo
dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti, samādhisampanno hoti,
pańńāsampanno hoti, vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno
hoti.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo
hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ
lokassā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Asekhasuttaṃ
108. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo
dakkhiṇeyyo…pe… anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.
‘‘Katamehi, pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena
samannāgato hoti, asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena pańńākkhandhena
samannāgato hoti, asekhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena
vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ
puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Cātuddisasuttaṃ
109. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cātuddiso hoti. Katamehi
pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto
viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya
sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo ,
ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ
sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti,
tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā
manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; santuṭṭho hoti
itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena;
catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī
hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ
pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati. Imehi, kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu cātuddiso hotī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Arańńasuttaṃ
110. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ arańńavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe…
diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; āraddhavīriyo viharati thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo
anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī;
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva
dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ arańńavanapatthāni
pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevitu’’nti. Dasamaṃ.
Phāsuvihāravaggo paṭhamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Sārajjaṃ saṅkito coro,
sukhumālaṃ phāsu pańcamaṃ;
Ānanda sīlāsekhā ca, cātuddiso arańńena cāti.
(12) 2. Andhakavindavaggo
1. Kulūpakasuttaṃ
111. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu appiyo ca hoti
amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Asanthavavissāsī [asanthutavissāsī
(sī.), asandhavavissāsī (ka.)] ca
hoti, anissaravikappī ca, vissaṭṭhupasevī [viyatthupasevī
(sī.), byatthupasevī (syā. kaṃ.), vyattūpasevī (pī.)] ca,
upakaṇṇakajappī ca, atiyācanako ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca
agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu piyo
ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Na
asanthavavissāsī ca hoti, na anissaravikappī ca, na vissaṭṭhupasevī ca,
na upakaṇṇakajappī ca, na atiyācanako ca. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu piyo ca
hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Pacchāsamaṇasuttaṃ
112. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato pacchāsamaṇo na ādātabbo. Katamehi
pańcahi? Atidūre vā gacchati accāsanne vā ,
na pattapariyāpannaṃ gaṇhati,
āpattisāmantā bhaṇamānaṃ na nivāreti, bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathaṃ
opāteti, duppańńo hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato pacchāsamaṇo na ādātabbo.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo.
Katamehi pańcahi? Nātidūre gacchati na accāsanne, pattapariyāpannaṃ
gaṇhati, āpattisāmantā bhaṇamānaṃ nivāreti ,
bhaṇamānassa na antarantarā kathaṃ opāteti, pańńavā hoti ajaḷo
aneḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato
pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Sammāsamādhisuttaṃ
113. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ
upasampajja viharituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo
rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ upasampajja viharituṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ
upasampajja viharituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ,
khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ upasampajja
viharitu’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Andhakavindasuttaṃ
114. Ekaṃ
samayaṃ bhagavā magadhesu viharati andhakavinde. Atha kho
āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ
bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ
dhammavinayaṃ, te vo, ānanda, bhikkhū pańcasu dhammesu samādapetabbā [samādāpetabbā
(?)] nivesetabbā
patiṭṭhāpetabbā . Katamesu
pańcasu? ‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, sīlavā hotha, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutā
viharatha ācāragocarasampannā aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvino,
samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesū’ti – iti pātimokkhasaṃvare samādapetabbā
nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.
‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha ārakkhasatino
nipakkasatino [nipakasatino
(sī. syā.), nepakkasatino (?)], sārakkhitamānasā satārakkhena
cetasā samannāgatā’ti – iti indriyasaṃvare samādapetabbā nivesetabbā
patiṭṭhāpetabbā.
‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, appabhassā hotha, bhasse pariyantakārino’ti – iti
bhassapariyante samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.
‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, ārańńikā hotha, arańńavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni paṭisevathā’ti – iti kāyavūpakāse samādapetabbā nivesetabbā
patiṭṭhāpetabbā.
‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, sammādiṭṭhikā hotha sammādassanena samannāgatā’ti
– iti sammādassane samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Ye te,
ānanda, bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, te
vo, ānanda, bhikkhū imesu pańcasu dhammesu samādapetabbā nivesetabbā
patiṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti .
Catutthaṃ.
5. Maccharinīsuttaṃ
115. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Āvāsamaccharinī hoti, kulamaccharinī hoti,
lābhamaccharinī hoti, vaṇṇamaccharinī hoti, dhammamaccharinī hoti. Imehi
kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na āvāsamaccharinī hoti, na
kulamaccharinī hoti, na lābhamaccharinī hoti, na vaṇṇamaccharinī hoti,
na dhammamaccharinī hoti .
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Vaṇṇanāsuttaṃ
116. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti,
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti,
saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā
avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye
ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne
pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
sagge’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Issukinīsuttaṃ
117. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
issukinī ca hoti, maccharinī ca, saddhādeyyaṃ [saddhādeyyańca
(syā.)] vinipāteti.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā
avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati , anissukinī
ca hoti, amaccharinī ca, saddhādeyyaṃ na
vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī
yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Micchādiṭṭhikasuttaṃ
118. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
micchādiṭṭhikā ca hoti, micchāsaṅkappā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge .
Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, sammādiṭṭhikā ca,
hoti, sammāsaṅkappā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā
evaṃ sagge’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Micchāvācāsuttaṃ
119. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
micchāvācā ca hoti, micchākammantā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi
kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ
nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā
avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, sammāvācā ca hoti, sammākammantā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ na
vinipāteti. Imehi kho bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī
yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Micchāvāyāmasuttaṃ
120. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
micchāvāyāmā ca hoti, micchāsatinī ca [micchāsati
ca (syā.)], saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā
evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā
bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca
pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā
vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, sammāvāyāmā ca hoti, sammāsatinī ca,
saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Andhakavindavaggo dutiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Kulūpako pacchāsamaṇo, samādhiandhakavindaṃ;
Maccharī vaṇṇanā issā, diṭṭhivācāya vāyamāti.
(13) 3. Gilānavaggo
1. Gilānasuttaṃ
121. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā
sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami.
Addasā kho bhagavā ańńataraṃ bhikkhuṃ dubbalaṃ gilānakaṃ; disvā pańńatte
āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘Yaṃ kińci [yaṃ
kińci (syā. kaṃ.)], bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ dubbalaṃ [bhikkhave
dubbalaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] gilānakaṃ
pańca dhammā na vijahanti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘nacirasseva āsavānaṃ
khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatī’’’ti.
‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī
kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasańńī, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī [sabbatthapi
evameva dissati], sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī,
maraṇasańńā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Yaṃ kińci, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuṃ dubbalaṃ gilānakaṃ ime pańca dhammā na vijahanti, tassetaṃ
pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘nacirasseva āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja
viharissatī’’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Satisūpaṭṭhitasuttaṃ
122. ‘‘Yo hi
koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā pańca dhamme bhāveti pańca
dhamme bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ
– diṭṭheva dhamme ańńā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.
‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ajjhattańńeva sati sūpaṭṭhitā
hoti dhammānaṃ udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya,
asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasańńī, sabbaloke
anabhiratasańńī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime pańca dhamme bhāveti ime pańca dhamme
bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ –
diṭṭheva dhamme ańńā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Paṭhamaupaṭṭhākasuttaṃ
123. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭhāko [dupaṭṭhāko
(syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) mahāva. 366] hoti.
Katamehi pańcahi? Asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ na jānāti, bhesajjaṃ
nappaṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa na
yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti
paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhitoti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ
dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ [tippānaṃ
(sī.) mahāva. 366] kharānaṃ
kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭhāko hoti.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilāno sūpaṭṭhāko hoti.
Katamehi pańcahi? Sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, bhesajjaṃ
paṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ
āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikkamantaṃ vā
paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhitoti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ
dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ
adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato gilāno sūpaṭṭhāko hotī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Dutiyaupaṭṭhākasuttaṃ
124. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ.
Katamehi pańcahi? Nappaṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ;
sappāyāsappāyaṃ na jānāti, asappāyaṃ upanāmeti, sappāyaṃ apanāmeti;
āmisantaro gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti, no mettacitto ;
jegucchī hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā vantaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā nīharituṃ;
nappaṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ
samādapetuṃ [samādāpetuṃ
(?) mahāva. 366] samuttejetuṃ
sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato
gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ
upaṭṭhātuṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Paṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ;
sappāyāsappāyaṃ jānāti, asappāyaṃ apanāmeti, sappāyaṃ upanāmeti;
mettacitto gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti, no āmisantaro; ajegucchī hoti uccāraṃ vā
passāvaṃ vā vantaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā nīharituṃ; paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena
kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ
sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ
upaṭṭhātu’’nti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Paṭhamaanāyussāsuttaṃ
125. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, dhammā anāyussā. Katame pańca? Asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye
mattaṃ na jānāti, apariṇatabhojī ca hoti, akālacārī ca hoti, abrahmacārī
ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā anāyussā.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā āyussā. Katame pańca? Sappāyakārī hoti,
sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, pariṇatabhojī ca hoti, kālacārī ca hoti,
brahmacārī ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā āyussā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Dutiyaanāyussāsuttaṃ
126. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā anāyussā. Katame pańca? Asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye
mattaṃ na jānāti, apariṇatabhojī ca hoti, dussīlo ca, pāpamitto ca. Ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā anāyussā.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā āyussā. Katame pańca ?
Sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti,
pariṇatabhojī ca hoti, sīlavā ca, kalyāṇamitto ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave,
pańca dhammā āyussā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Vapakāsasuttaṃ
127. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saṅghamhā vapakāsituṃ [vi
+ apa + kāsituṃ = vapakāsituṃ]. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, asantuṭṭho hoti
itarītarena piṇḍapātena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena,
asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena,
kāmasaṅkappabahulo ca viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saṅghamhā vapakāsituṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ saṅghamhā
vapakāsituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, santuṭṭho hoti
itarītarena piṇḍapātena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena,
santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena ,
nekkhammasaṅkappabahulo [na
kāmasaṅkappabahulo (ka.)] ca
viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
alaṃ saṅghamhā vapakāsitu’’nti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Samaṇasukhasuttaṃ
128.
‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, samaṇadukkhāni. Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, asantuṭṭho hoti
itarītarena piṇḍapātena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena,
asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena,
anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ
carati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca samaṇadukkhāni.
‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, samaṇasukhāni. Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena
piṇḍapātena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena,
santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, abhirato
ca brahmacariyaṃ carati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca samaṇasukhānī’’ti.
Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Parikuppasuttaṃ
129. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, āpāyikā nerayikā parikuppā atekicchā. Katame pańca? Mātā [mātaraṃ
(ka.)] jīvitā voropitā
hoti, pitā [pitaraṃ
(ka.)] jīvitā voropito [voropitā
(ka.)] hoti, arahaṃ [arahantaṃ
(ka.), arahā (syā.)] jīvitā
voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṃ uppāditaṃ hoti,
saṅgho bhinno hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca āpāyikā nerayikā parikuppā
atekicchā’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Byasanasuttaṃ
130. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, byasanāni. Katamāni pańca? Ńātibyasanaṃ, bhogabyasanaṃ,
rogabyasanaṃ, sīlabyasanaṃ, diṭṭhibyasanaṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sattā
ńātibyasanahetu vā bhogabyasanahetu
vā rogabyasanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Sīlabyasanahetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā
diṭṭhibyasanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca byasanāni.
‘‘Pańcimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Ńātisampadā, bhogasampadā,
ārogyasampadā, sīlasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā. Na, bhikkhave, sattā
ńātisampadāhetu vā bhogasampadāhetu vā ārogyasampadāhetu vā
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca
sampadā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Gilānavaggo tatiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Gilāno satisūpaṭṭhi, dve upaṭṭhākā duvāyusā;
Vapakāsasamaṇasukhā, parikuppaṃ byasanena cāti.
(14) 4. Rājavaggo
1. Paṭhamacakkānuvattanasuttaṃ
131. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā cakkavattī dhammeneva cakkaṃ vatteti [pavatteti
(syā. pī. ka.)]; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ [appativattiyaṃ
(sī.)] kenaci
manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī atthańńū ca hoti,
dhammańńū ca, mattańńū ca, kālańńū ca, parisańńū ca. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rājā cakkavattī dhammeneva cakkaṃ
pavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena
paccatthikena pāṇinā.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammeneva
anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ
samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā
vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
atthańńū, dhammańńū, mattańńū, kālańńū, parisańńū. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammeneva
anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti dhammacakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ
samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā
lokasmi’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyacakkānuvattanasuttaṃ
132. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo cakkavattissa jeṭṭho putto pitarā
pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ dhammeneva anuppavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ
appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha,
bhikkhave, rańńo cakkavattissa jeṭṭho putto atthańńū ca hoti, dhammańńū
ca, mattańńū ca, kālańńū ca, parisańńū ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo cakkavattissa jeṭṭho putto pitarā pavattitaṃ
cakkaṃ dhammeneva anuppavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci
manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto tathāgatena anuttaraṃ
dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ sammadeva anuppavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ
appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā
kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto atthańńū, dhammańńū,
mattańńū , kālańńū,
parisańńū. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto
tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ sammadeva anuppavatteti;
taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā
mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Dhammarājāsuttaṃ
133. ‘‘Yopi so [yopi
kho (sī. syā. pī.)], bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko
dhammarājā, sopi na arājakaṃ cakkaṃ vattetī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte ańńataro
bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko pana, bhante, rańńo cakkavattissa
dhammikassa dhammarańńo rājā’’ti? ‘‘Dhammo, bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca.
‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya
dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno
dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ
saṃvidahati antojanasmiṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva
nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno
dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ
saṃvidahati khattiyesu anuyantesu [anuyuttesu
(sī.) a. ni. 3.14] …pe…
balakāyasmiṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu
migapakkhīsu. Sa kho so,
bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ
sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo
dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā
antojanasmiṃ dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā khattiyesu
anuyantesu balakāyasmiṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu
samaṇabrāhmaṇesu migapakkhīsu dhammeneva cakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti
cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko
dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto
dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ
rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati bhikkhūsu – ‘evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ
sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ
sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ
sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpo ājīvo sevitabbo,
evarūpo ājīvo na sevitabbo; evarūpo gāmanigamo sevitabbo, evarūpo
gāmanigamo na sevitabbo’ti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu,
tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya
dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno
dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ
saṃvidahati bhikkhunīsu [bhikkhūsu
bhikkhunīsu (sī. pī.)] …pe…
upāsakesu…pe… upāsikāsu – ‘evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ
kāyakammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ
vacīkammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ
manokammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpo ājīvo sevitabbo, evarūpo ājīvo na
sevitabbo; evarūpo gāmanigamo sevitabbo, evarūpo gāmanigamo na
sevitabbo’’’ti.
‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā
dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ
apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ
rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā bhikkhūsu, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ
saṃvidahitvā bhikkhunīsu, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā
upāsakesu, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā upāsikāsu
dhammeneva anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ
samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā
lokasmi’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Yassaṃdisaṃsuttaṃ
134. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto yassaṃ yassaṃ
disāyaṃ viharati, sakasmiṃyeva vijite viharati.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha,
bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca
pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto
anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena; aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo
paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro; balavā kho pana hoti caturaṅginiyā senāya
samannāgato assavāya ovādapaṭikarāya; pariṇāyako kho panassa hoti
paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ;
tassime cattāro dhammā yasaṃ paripācenti. So iminā yasapańcamena [yasena
pańcamena (ka.), pańcamena (sī.)] dhammena
samannāgato yassaṃ yassaṃ disāyaṃ viharati, sakasmiṃyeva vijite
viharati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evańhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti vijitāvīnaṃ.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yassaṃ
yassaṃ disāyaṃ viharati, vimuttacittova [vimuttacitto
(sī. pī.), vimuttacitto ca (ka.)] viharati.
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti,
pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu
bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu – rājāva khattiyo
muddhāvasitto jātisampanno; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye
te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa
dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā
suppaṭividdhā – rājāva khattiyo
muddhāvasitto aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro;
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu –
rājāva khattiyo muddhāvasitto balasampanno; pańńavā hoti
udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā
dukkhakkhayagāminiyā – rājāva khattiyo muddhāvasitto pariṇāyakasampanno;
tassime cattāro dhammā vimuttiṃ paripācenti .
So iminā vimuttipańcamena dhammena samannāgato yassaṃ yassaṃ disāyaṃ
viharati vimuttacittova viharati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evańhetaṃ, bhikkhave,
hoti vimuttacittāna’’nti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Paṭhamapatthanāsuttaṃ
135. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho
putto rajjaṃ pattheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo
khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca
pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto
anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena; abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo
pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato; mātāpitūnaṃ piyo hoti
manāpo; negamajānapadassa piyo hoti manāpo; yāni tāni rańńaṃ khattiyānaṃ
muddhāvasittānaṃ sippaṭṭhānāni hatthismiṃ vā assasmiṃ vā rathasmiṃ vā
dhanusmiṃ vā tharusmiṃ vā tattha sikkhito hoti anavayo.
‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ
khomhi ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva
sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ
na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya
vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ
khomhi mātāpitūnaṃ piyo manāpo. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ
khomhi negamajānapadassa piyo manāpo. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ!
Ahaṃ khomhi yāni tāni rańńaṃ khattiyānaṃ muddhāvasittānaṃ sippaṭṭhānāni
hatthismiṃ vā assasmiṃ vā rathasmiṃ vā dhanusmiṃ vā tharusmiṃ vā, tattha [tatthamhi
(sī.), tatthapi (ka.)] sikkhito
anavayo. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto
rajjaṃ pattheti.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ
khayaṃ pattheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti,
saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi
satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Appābādho hoti appātaṅko,
samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya
padhānakkhamāya; asaṭho hoti amāyāvī, yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattā
satthari vā vińńūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu; āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ
dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā
daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; pańńavā hoti
udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā
dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ
khomhi saddho, saddahāmi tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘Kasmāhaṃ
āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na
pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi appābādho appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā
samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Kasmāhaṃ
āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi asaṭho amāyāvī yathābhūtaṃ
attānaṃ āvikattā satthari vā vińńūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu. Kasmāhaṃ
āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi āraddhavīriyo viharāmi
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā
daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ
na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi pańńavā udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato
ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ
khayaṃ na pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ patthetī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Dutiyapatthanāsuttaṃ
136. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho
putto oparajjaṃ [uparajjaṃ
(syā. pī. ka.)] pattheti.
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa
jeṭṭho putto ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko,
yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena; abhirūpo
hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato;
mātāpitūnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo, balakāyassa piyo hoti manāpo; paṇḍito hoti
viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ.
‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ
khomhi ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva
sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. Kasmāhaṃ
oparajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko
paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na
pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi mātāpitūnaṃ piyo manāpo.
Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi
balakāyassa piyo manāpo. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na
pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo
atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na
pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo
khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto oparajjaṃ pattheti.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ
khayaṃ pattheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā
hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā
suppaṭividdhā; catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto [supaṭṭhitacitto
(sī. syā.), sūpaṭṭhitacitto (ka.)] hoti;
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ
dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu
dhammesu; pańńavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya
nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ khomhi sīlavā, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto
viharāmi ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya
sikkhāmi sikkhāpadesu. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ
khomhi bahussuto sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā
majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ [satthā
byańjanā (sī.)]kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
abhivadanti, tathārūpā me dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā
manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na
pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto.
Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi āraddhavīriyo
viharāmi akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.
Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi pańńavā
udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ patthetī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Appaṃsupatisuttaṃ
137. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, appaṃ rattiyā supanti, bahuṃ jagganti. Katame pańca? Itthī,
bhikkhave, purisādhippāyā appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Puriso,
bhikkhave, itthādhippāyo appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Coro,
bhikkhave, ādānādhippāyo appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Rājā [rājayutto
(pī. ka.)], bhikkhave, rājakaraṇīyesu yutto appaṃ rattiyā supati,
bahuṃ jaggati. Bhikkhu, bhikkhave, visaṃyogādhippāyo appaṃ rattiyā
supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca appaṃ rattiyā supanti,
bahuṃ jaggantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Bhattādakasuttaṃ
138. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo bhattādako ca hoti okāsapharaṇo
ca laṇḍasāraṇo ca salākaggāhī ca rańńo nāgotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ,
akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo
phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo
nāgo bhattādako ca okāsapharaṇo ca laṇḍasāraṇo ca salākaggāhī ca, rańńo
nāgotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
bhattādako ca hoti, okāsapharaṇo ca mańcapīṭhamaddano [pīṭhamaddano
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ca
salākaggāhī ca, bhikkhutveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo
gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhattādako
ca hoti okāsapharaṇo ca mańcapīṭhamaddano ca salākaggāhī ca,
bhikkhutveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Akkhamasuttaṃ
139. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo na rājāraho hoti na rājabhoggo,
na rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati .
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ,
akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo
phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthikāyaṃ vā disvā assakāyaṃ vā disvā
rathakāyaṃ vā disvā pattikāyaṃ vā disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na
santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha,
bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthisaddaṃ vā sutvā assasaddaṃ vā
sutvā rathasaddaṃ vā sutvā pattisaddaṃ vā sutvā
bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddaṃ vā sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na
santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ? Idha ,
bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ye te rańńo nāgā abhijātā
saṅgāmāvacarā tesaṃ muttakarīsassa gandhaṃ ghāyitvā saṃsīdati visīdati,
na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ?
Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ekissā vā tiṇodakadattiyā
vimānito [vihanīto
(syā.), vihānito (katthaci)] dvīhi
vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā tiṇodakadattīhi vimānito saṃsīdati
visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha,
bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato
ekena vā saravegena viddho, dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā
saravegehi viddho saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati
na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo
hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo na
rājāraho hoti na rājabhoggo na rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu na
āhuneyyo hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na ańjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṃ
puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo
rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rajanīye rūpe sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ
samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ
sutvā rajanīye sadde sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā rajanīye gandhe sārajjati, na sakkoti
cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā rajanīye rase sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ
samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave,
bhikkhu akkhamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyena
phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā rajanīye phoṭṭhabbe sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ
samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na āhuneyyo
hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na ańjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṃ
puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi
samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgaṃtveva
saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo
hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo
phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthikāyaṃ vā disvā assakāyaṃ vā disvā
rathakāyaṃ vā disvā pattikāyaṃ vā disvā
na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rūpānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha ,
bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthisaddaṃ vā sutvā assasaddaṃ vā
sutvā rathasaddaṃ vā sutvā pattisaddaṃ vā sutvā
bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddaṃ vā sutvā na saṃsīdati na visīdati,
santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo
khamo hoti saddānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti gandhānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ye te rańńo nāgā abhijātā saṅgāmāvacarā tesaṃ
muttakarīsassa gandhaṃ ghāyitvā na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati
sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti
gandhānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rasānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ekissā vā tiṇodakadattiyā vimānito dvīhi vā tīhi
vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā
tiṇodakadattīhi vimānito na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati sakkoti
saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rasānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha,
bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ekena vā saravegena viddho, dvīhi vā
tīhi vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā saravegehi viddho na saṃsīdati na visīdati,
santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo
khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo
aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo
hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ
lokassa. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ,
khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ .
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rajanīye rūpe na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ
samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ sutvā rajanīye sadde na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ
samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti saddānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti gandhānaṃ. Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā rajanīye gandhe na sārajjati, sakkoti
cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti gandhānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave,
bhikkhu khamo hoti rasānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jivhāya rasaṃ
sāyitvā rajanīye rase na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rasānaṃ.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā rajanīye phoṭṭhabbe na
sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo
ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Sotasuttaṃ
140. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo
aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi pańcahi?
Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, rakkhitā ca, khantā
ca, gantā ca.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo sotā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo
yamenaṃ hatthidammasārathi [hatthidammasārathī
(sī.)]kāraṇaṃ kāreti – yadi vā katapubbaṃ yadi vā akatapubbaṃ –
taṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā [aṭṭhikatvā
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) a. ni. 4.114] manasi
katvā sabbaṃ cetasā [sabbacetasā
(?)] samannāharitvā
ohitasoto suṇāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo sotā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo hantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthimpi hanati [hanti
(sī. pī.)], hatthāruhampi hanati, assampi hanati, assāruhampi
hanati, rathampi hanati, rathikampi [rathāruhampi
(pī.)] hanati,
pattikampi hanati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo hantā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo rakkhitā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo saṅgāmagato rakkhati
purimaṃ kāyaṃ, rakkhati pacchimaṃ kāyaṃ, rakkhati purime pāde, rakkhati
pacchime pāde, rakkhati sīsaṃ, rakkhati kaṇṇe, rakkhati dante, rakkhati
soṇḍaṃ, rakkhati vāladhiṃ, rakkhati hatthāruhaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
rańńo nāgo rakkhitā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo khantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato khamo hoti
sattippahārānaṃ asippahārānaṃ usuppahārānaṃ pharasuppahārānaṃ
bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddānaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo
khantā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo gantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo yamenaṃ hatthidammasārathi disaṃ peseti – yadi vā gatapubbaṃ yadi
vā agatapubbaṃ – taṃ khippameva gantā hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo
nāgo gantā hoti.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho
hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo
ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, rakkhitā ca,
khantā ca, gantā ca.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne aṭṭhiṃkatvā manasi katvā
sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti. Evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti (hanati) [(
) natthi sī. pī. potthakesu a. ni. 4.114] byantīkaroti
anabhāvaṃ gameti; uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ
vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ…pe… uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti ,
pajahati vinodeti (hanati) [(
) natthi sī. pī. potthakesu a. ni. 4.114] byantīkaroti
anabhāvaṃ gameti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hantā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave,
bhikkhu rakkhitā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na
nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ
asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā
anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ;
cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā… ghānena gandhaṃ
ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā
dhammaṃ vińńāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati;
rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu rakkhitā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya
ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsa […
siriṃsapa (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pasamphassānaṃ;
duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ
dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko
hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khantā hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā hoti? Idha ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu yā sā disā agatapubbā iminā dīghena addhunā, yadidaṃ
sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho
nibbānaṃ, taṃ khippańńeva gantā hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā
hoti.
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo
hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Rājavaggo catuttho.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Cakkānuvattanā rājā, yassaṃdisaṃ dve ceva patthanā;
Appaṃsupati bhattādo, akkhamo ca sotena cāti.
(15) 5. Tikaṇḍakīvaggo
1. Avajānātisuttaṃ
141. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Datvā
avajānāti, saṃvāsena avajānāti, ādheyyamukho [ādiyyamukho
(sī.), ādeyyamukho (syā. kaṃ.), ādiyamukho (pī.) aṭṭhakathāya
paṭhamasaṃvaṇṇanānurūpaṃ. pu. pa. 193 passitabbaṃ] hoti,
lolo hoti, mando momūho hoti [mando
hoti momūho (sī.)].
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo datvā avajānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo
puggalassa deti
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ. Tassa evaṃ
hoti – ‘ahaṃ demi; ayaṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’ti. Tamenaṃ datvā avajānāti. Evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, puggalo datvā avajānāti.
‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave,
puggalo saṃvāsena avajānāti? Idha ,
bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ saṃvasati dve vā tīṇi vā vassāni.
Tamenaṃ saṃvāsena avajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo saṃvāsena
avajānāti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo ādheyyamukho hoti?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo parassa vaṇṇe vā avaṇṇe vā bhāsiyamāne
taṃ khippańńeva adhimuccitā [adhimuccito
(syā.)] hoti. Evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ādheyyamukho hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo lolo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco
puggalo ittarasaddho hoti ittarabhattī ittarapemo ittarappasādo. Evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, puggalo lolo hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo mando momūho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco puggalo kusalākusale dhamme na jānāti, sāvajjānavajje dhamme na
jānāti, hīnappaṇīte dhamme na jānāti ,
kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme na jānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo
mando momūho hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā
lokasmi’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Ārabhatisuttaṃ
142. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Idha,
bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārabhati ca vippaṭisārī ca hoti; tańca
cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.
[pu. pa. 191] ‘‘Idha
pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārabhati, na vippaṭisārī hoti; tańca
cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ārabhati, vippaṭisārī hoti;
tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā
aparisesā nirujjhanti.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave,
ekacco puggalo na ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti; tańca cetovimuttiṃ
pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti;
tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti yatthassa te
uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo ārabhati ca vippaṭisārī ca hoti,
tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te
uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti,
so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā [ārabbhajā
(pī. ka.), ārabhajā (syā. kaṃ.)] āsavā
saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā pavaḍḍhanti [saṃvaḍḍhanti
(ka.)], sādhu vatāyasmā ārambhaje āsave pahāya vippaṭisāraje
āsave paṭivinodetvā cittaṃ pańńańca bhāvetu [bhāvetuṃ
(sī. pī.)]; evamāyasmā amunā pańcamena puggalena samasamo
bhavissatī’’’ti.
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti, tańca
cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti, so evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā na
pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā ārambhaje āsave pahāya cittaṃ pańńańca
bhāvetu; evamāyasmā amunā
pańcamena puggalena samasamo bhavissatī’’’ti.
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo na ārabhati vippaṭisārī hoti, tańca
cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti, so evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā
na saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā
vippaṭisāraje āsave paṭivinodetvā cittaṃ pańńańca bhāvetu; evamāyasmā
amunā pańcamena puggalena samasamo bhavissatī’’’ ti.
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo na ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti,
tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te
uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā
aparisesā nirujjhanti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā
āsavā na saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā na pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu
vatāyasmā cittaṃ pańńańca bhāvetu; evamāyasmā amunā pańcamena puggalena
samasamo bhavissatī’’’ti.
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, ime cattāro puggalā amunā pańcamena puggalena evaṃ
ovadiyamānā evaṃ anusāsiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇantī’’ti [pu.
pa. 191]. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Sārandadasuttaṃ
143. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tena
kho pana samayena pańcamattānaṃ licchavisatānaṃ sārandade cetiye
sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi
– ‘‘pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ
pańcannaṃ? Hatthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, assaratanassa
pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, maṇiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ,
itthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, gahapatiratanassa pātubhāvo
dullabho lokasmiṃ. Imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho
lokasmi’’nti.
Atha kho te licchavī magge
purisaṃ ṭhapesuṃ [pesesuṃ
(syā. ka.)] – ‘‘yadā
tvaṃ [yathā
tvaṃ (sī. pī.)], ambho purisa, passeyyāsi bhagavantaṃ, atha
amhākaṃ āroceyyāsī’’ti. Addasā kho so puriso bhagavantaṃ dūratova
āgacchantaṃ; disvāna yena te licchavī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te
licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ so, bhante, bhagavā gacchati arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho; yassadāni kālaṃ mańńathā’’ti.
Atha kho te licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho te
licchavī bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –
‘‘Sādhu, bhante, yena sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ
upādāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho bhagavā yena sārandadaṃ
cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho
bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘kāya nuttha, licchavī, etarahi kathāya
sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti? ‘‘Idha, bhante,
amhākaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi –
‘pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ ?
Hatthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, assaratanassa pātubhāvo
dullabho lokasmiṃ, maṇiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ,
itthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, gahapatiratanassa pātubhāvo
dullabho lokasmiṃ. Imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho
lokasmi’’’nti.
‘‘Kāmādhimuttānaṃ vata, bho,
licchavīnaṃ [kāmādhimuttānaṃ
vata vo licchavīnaṃ (sī.), kāmādhimuttānaṃ vata vo licchavī (syā.),
kāmādhimuttānaṃva vo licchavī (?)] kāmaṃyeva
ārabbha antarākathā udapādi. Pańcannaṃ, licchavī, ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo
dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Tathāgatassa arahato
sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, tathāgatappaveditassa
dhammavinayassa desetā
puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa
desitassa vińńātā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ, tathāgatappaveditassa
dhammavinayassa desitassa vińńātā [vińńātassa
(sī. pī.) a. ni. 5.195] dhammānudhammappaṭipanno
puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ, katańńū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ.
Imesaṃ kho, licchavī, pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho
lokasmi’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Tikaṇḍakīsuttaṃ
144. Ekaṃ
samayaṃ bhagavā sākete viharati tikaṇḍakīvane [kaṇḍakīvane
(saṃ. ni. 5.902)]. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
Bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ appaṭikūle paṭikūlasańńī [appaṭikkūle
paṭikkūlasańńī (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vihareyya.
Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paṭikūle appaṭikūlasańńī
vihareyya. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca
paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paṭikūle
ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya.
Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paṭikūlańca appaṭikūlańca
tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyya sato sampajāno.
‘‘Kińca [kathańca
(sī. pī. ka.)], bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle
paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya? ‘Mā me rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādī’ti –
idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle paṭikūlasańńī
vihareyya.
‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle appaṭikūlasańńī
vihareyya? ‘Mā me dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle appaṭikūlasańńī
vihareyya.
‘‘Kińca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu
atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle
ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya? ‘Mā me rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo
udapādi, mā me dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca
paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya.
‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca
appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya? ‘Mā me dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādi, mā
me rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya.
‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūlańca appaṭikūlańca
tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyya? ‘Sato sampajāno mā me kvacani [kvacini
(sī. syā. pī.)] katthaci
kińcanaṃ [kińcana
(sī. pī.)] rajanīyesu
dhammesu rāgo udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kińcanaṃ dosanīyesu
dhammesu doso udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kińcanaṃ mohanīyesu
dhammesu moho udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ
paṭicca paṭikūlańca appaṭikūlańca tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako
vihareyya sato sampajāno’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Nirayasuttaṃ
145. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti,
musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi?
Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā
paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā
paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
sagge’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Mittasuttaṃ
146. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto na sevitabbo. Katamehi
pańcahi? Kammantaṃ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu
paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ [avatthānacārikaṃ
(syā.)] anuyutto
viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ
samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu mitto na sevitabbo.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto sevitabbo.
Katamehi pańcahi? Na kammantaṃ kāreti, na adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyati, na
pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, na dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ
anuyutto viharati, paṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya
sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto sevitabbo’’ti.
Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Asappurisadānasuttaṃ
147.
‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, asappurisadānāni. Katamāni pańca? Asakkaccaṃ
deti, acittīkatvā [acittikatvā
(pī.), acitiṃ katvā (syā.), acittiṃ katvā (ka.)] deti,
asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṃ [apaviṭṭaṃ
(syā. kaṃ.)] deti,
anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca asappurisadānāni.
‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave,
sappurisadānāni. Katamāni pańca? Sakkaccaṃ deti, cittīkatvā deti,
sahatthā deti, anapaviddhaṃ deti, āgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. Imāni kho,
bhikkhave, pańca sappurisadānānī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Sappurisadānasuttaṃ
148. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, sappurisadānāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhāya dānaṃ deti,
sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ deti, kālena dānaṃ deti, anuggahitacitto [anaggahitacitto
(sī.)] dānaṃ deti,
attānańca parańca anupahacca dānaṃ deti.
‘‘Saddhāya kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa vipāko
nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo, abhirūpo ca hoti
dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato.
‘‘Sakkaccaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa
vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo. Yepissa te honti
puttāti vā dārāti vā dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti [kammakārāti
(ka.)] vā, tepi
sussūsanti sotaṃ odahanti ańńā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti.
‘‘Kālena kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa
vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo; kālāgatā cassa
atthā pacurā honti.
‘‘Anuggahitacitto kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa
dānassa vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo; uḷāresu
ca pańcasu kāmaguṇesu bhogāya cittaṃ namati.
‘‘Attānańca parańca
anupahacca kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa
vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo; na cassa kutoci
bhogānaṃ upaghāto āgacchati aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā
appiyato vā dāyādato vā [appiyato
vā dāyādato vā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), appiyadāyādato vā (ka.)].
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca sappurisadānānī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Paṭhamasamayavimuttasuttaṃ
149. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā ,
saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ na paccavekkhati. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya
saṃvattanti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya
saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na
niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya
saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Dutiyasamayavimuttasuttaṃ
150.[kathā.
267] ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, indriyesu
aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattańńutā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā
samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya
saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na
niddārāmatā, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattańńutā. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya
saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Tikaṇḍakīvaggo pańcamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Datvā avajānāti ārabhati ca, sārandada tikaṇḍa nirayena ca;
Mitto asappurisasappurisena, samayavimuttaṃ apare dveti.
Tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.
4. Catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ
(16) 1. Saddhammavaggo
1. Paṭhamasammattaniyāmasuttaṃ
151. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ
okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Kathaṃ
paribhoti, kathikaṃ [kathitaṃ
(ka.)] paribhoti,
attānaṃ paribhoti, vikkhittacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti, anekaggacitto ayoniso
ca [ayoniso
(syā. kaṃ.)] manasi
karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi
saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo
niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Na
kathaṃ paribhoti, na kathikaṃ paribhoti, na attānaṃ paribhoti,
avikkhittacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti, ekaggacitto yoniso ca manasi karoti.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ
bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyasammattaniyāmasuttaṃ
152. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ
okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Kathaṃ
paribhoti, kathikaṃ paribhoti, attānaṃ paribhoti, duppańńo hoti jaḷo
eḷamūgo, anańńāte ańńātamānī hoti. Imehi kho ,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo
niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ
kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Na kathaṃ paribhoti, na
kathikaṃ paribhoti, na attānaṃ paribhoti, pańńavā hoti ajaḷo
aneḷamūgo, na anańńāte ańńātamānī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ
kusalesu dhammesu sammatta’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Tatiyasammattaniyāmasuttaṃ
153. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ
okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Makkhī dhammaṃ
suṇāti makkhapariyuṭṭhito, upārambhacitto [saupārambhacitto
(syā. kaṃ.)]dhammaṃ suṇāti randhagavesī, dhammadesake āhatacitto
hoti khīlajāto [khilajāto
(syā. pī.)], duppańńo hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo, anańńāte ańńātamānī
hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi
saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo
niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Amakkhī
dhammaṃ suṇāti na makkhapariyuṭṭhito, anupārambhacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti na
randhagavesī, dhammadesake anāhatacitto hoti akhīlajāto, pańńavā hoti
ajaḷo aneḷamūgo, na anańńāte
ańńātamānī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato
suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu
sammatta’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Paṭhamasaddhammasammosasuttaṃ
154. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ suṇanti, na
sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, na sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ dhārenti, na
sakkaccaṃ dhātānaṃ [dhatānaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dhammānaṃ
atthaṃ upaparikkhanti, na sakkaccaṃ
atthamańńāya dhammamańńāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjanti. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya
saṃvattanti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya
anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū
sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ suṇanti, sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ
pariyāpuṇanti, sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ dhārenti, sakkaccaṃ dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ
atthaṃ upaparikkhanti, sakkaccaṃ atthamańńāya dhammamańńāya
dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjanti. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya
saṃvattantī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Dutiyasaddhammasammosasuttaṃ
155. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṃ na pariyāpuṇanti –
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ,
abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na
vitthārena paresaṃ desenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na
vitthārena paraṃ [paresaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), pare (?)] vācenti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya
saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na
vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karonti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo
saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na
cetasā anuvitakkenti anuvicārenti manasānupekkhanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya
saṃvattanti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya
anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū
dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ,
itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo
saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ desenti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya
anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ
vitthārena paraṃ vācenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa
ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave ,
bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karonti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya
anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ
cetasā anuvitakkenti anuvicārenti manasānupekkhanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya
saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā
asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Tatiyasaddhammasammosasuttaṃ
156.[a.
ni. 4.160] ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti.
Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū duggahitaṃ suttantaṃ
pariyāpuṇanti dunnikkhittehi padabyańjanehi .
Dunnikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyańjanassa atthopi dunnayo hoti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya
saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dubbacā honti, dovacassakaraṇehi
dhammehi samannāgatā, akkhamā appadakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsaniṃ. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya
saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ye
te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā, te
na sakkaccaṃ suttantaṃ paraṃ vācenti; tesaṃ accayena chinnamūlako
suttanto hoti appaṭisaraṇo. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū bāhulikā honti sāthalikā
okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā ,
na vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā
diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Sāpi hoti bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā
paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
catuttho dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho bhinno hoti. Saṅghe kho pana,
bhikkhave, bhinne ańńamańńaṃ akkosā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā ca
honti, ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ pariccajanā [pariccajā
(syā. kaṃ.)] ca honti.
Tattha appasannā ceva nappasīdanti, pasannānańca ekaccānaṃ ańńathattaṃ
hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya
antaradhānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya
anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū
suggahitaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇanti sunikkhittehi padabyańjanehi.
Sunikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyańjanassa atthopi sunayo hoti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya
anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhikkhū suvacā honti sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā, khamā
padakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsaniṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo
saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā
vinayadharā mātikādharā, te sakkaccaṃ suttantaṃ paraṃ vācenti; tesaṃ
accayena na chinnamūlako [acchinnamūlako
(ka.) a. ni. 4.160] suttanto
hoti sappaṭisaraṇo. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā
asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū na bāhulikā honti na sāthalikā,
okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā; vīriyaṃ ārabhanti
appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā
diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Sāpi hoti na bāhulikā na sāthalikā, okkamane
nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā
anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
catuttho dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya
saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno
ekuddeso phāsuṃ viharati. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, samagge na ceva
ańńamańńaṃ akkosā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā honti, na ca
ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ pariccajanā honti. Tattha
appasannā ceva pasīdanti, pasannānańca bhiyyobhāvo hoti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya
anantaradhānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā
saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī’’ti.
Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Dukkathāsuttaṃ
157. ‘‘Pańcannaṃ ,
bhikkhave, puggalānaṃ kathā dukkathā puggale puggalaṃ [puggalaṃ
puggalaṃ (sī. pī.)] upanidhāya.
Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Assaddhassa, bhikkhave, saddhākathā dukkathā;
dussīlassa sīlakathā dukkathā; appassutassa bāhusaccakathā dukkathā;
maccharissa [macchariyassa
(sī. pī. ka.)] cāgakathā
dukkathā; duppańńassa pańńākathā dukkathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā? Assaddho,
bhikkhave, saddhākathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati
patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tańhi so, bhikkhave, saddhāsampadaṃ attani na samanupassati [na
sampassati (sī.)], na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā
assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sīlakathā dukkathā? Dussīlo,
bhikkhave, sīlakathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati
patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tańhi so , bhikkhave,
sīlasampadaṃ attani na samanupassati na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ
pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā dussīlassa sīlakathā dukkathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, appassutassa bāhusaccakathā dukkathā? Appassuto,
bhikkhave, bāhusaccakathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati
patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tańhi so, bhikkhave, sutasampadaṃ attani na samanupassati, na ca labhati
tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā appassutassa bāhusaccakathā dukkathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, maccharissa cāgakathā dukkathā? Maccharī,
bhikkhave, cāgakathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati
patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti .
Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, cāgasampadaṃ attani na
samanupassati na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ
pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā maccharissa cāgakathā dukkathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, duppańńassa pańńākathā dukkathā? Duppańńo,
bhikkhave, pańńākathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati
patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tańhi so, bhikkhave, pańńāsampadaṃ attani na samanupassati, na ca
labhati tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā duppańńassa pańńākathā dukkathā.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ puggalānaṃ kathā dukkathā puggale
puggalaṃ upanidhāya.
‘‘Pańcannaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalānaṃ kathā sukathā puggale puggalaṃ
upanidhāya. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Saddhassa, bhikkhave, saddhākathā
sukathā; sīlavato sīlakathā sukathā; bahussutassa bāhusaccakathā
sukathā; cāgavato cāgakathā sukathā; pańńavato pańńākathā sukathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, saddhassa saddhākathā sukathā? Saddho, bhikkhave,
saddhākathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na
patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tańhi so, bhikkhave, saddhāsampadaṃ attani samanupassati labhati ca
tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ .
Tasmā saddhassa saddhākathā sukathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, sīlavato sīlakathā sukathā? Sīlavā, bhikkhave,
sīlakathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati
na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so,
bhikkhave, sīlasampadaṃ attani samanupassati, labhati ca tatonidānaṃ
pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā sīlavato sīlakathā sukathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, bahussutassa bāhusaccakathā sukathā? Bahussuto,
bhikkhave, bāhusaccakathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na
byāpajjati na patitthīyati na
kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so,
bhikkhave, sutasampadaṃ attani samanupassati, labhati ca tatonidānaṃ
pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā bahussutassa bāhusaccakathā sukathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave,
cāgavato cāgakathā sukathā? Cāgavā, bhikkhave, cāgakathāya kacchamānāya
nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca
appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave,
cāgasampadaṃ attani samanupassati, labhati ca tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ.
Tasmā cāgavato cāgakathā sukathā.
‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, pańńavato pańńākathā sukathā? Pańńavā, bhikkhave,
pańńākathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na
patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tańhi so, bhikkhave, pańńāsampadaṃ attani samanupassati labhati ca
tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ.
Tasmā pańńavato pańńākathā sukathā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ
puggalānaṃ kathā sukathā puggale puggalaṃ upanidhāyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Sārajjasuttaṃ
158. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sārajjaṃ okkanto [okkamanto
(ka.)] hoti. Katamehi
pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, appassuto
hoti, kusīto hoti, dupańńo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi, dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu sārajjaṃ okkanto hoti.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu visārado hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti,
āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu visārado hotī’’ti.
Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Udāyīsuttaṃ
159. Evaṃ me
sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho
pana samayena āyasmā udāyī mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ
desento nisinno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ
mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivutaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena
bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyasmā,
bhante, udāyī mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desetī’’ti [desento
nisinno’’ti (syā.)].
‘‘Na kho, ānanda , sukaraṃ
paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Paresaṃ, ānanda, dhammaṃ desentena pańca dhamme
ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo. Katame pańca?
‘Anupubbiṃ kathaṃ [ānupubbikathaṃ
(sī.), anupubbikathaṃ (syā. pī. ka.)]kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo
desetabbo; ‘pariyāyadassāvī kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo
desetabbo; ‘anuddayataṃ paṭicca kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo
desetabbo; ‘na āmisantaro kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo;
‘attānańca parańca anupahacca kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo
desetabbo. Na kho, ānanda, sukaraṃ paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Paresaṃ,
ānanda, dhammaṃ desentena ime pańca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā
paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Duppaṭivinodayasuttaṃ
160. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, uppannā duppaṭivinodayā. Katame pańca? Uppanno rāgo
duppaṭivinodayo, uppanno doso duppaṭivinodayo, uppanno moho duppaṭivinodayo,
uppannaṃ paṭibhānaṃ duppaṭivinodayaṃ, uppannaṃ gamikacittaṃ
duppaṭivinodayaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca uppannā duppaṭivinodayā’’ti.
Dasamaṃ.
Saddhammavaggo paṭhamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Tayo sammattaniyāmā, tayo saddhammasammosā;
Dukkathā ceva sārajjaṃ, udāyidubbinodayāti.
(17) 2. Āghātavaggo
1. Paṭhamaāghātapaṭivinayasuttaṃ
161. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, āghātapaṭivinayā yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso
paṭivinetabbo. Katame pańca? Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha,
mettā tasmiṃ puggale bhāvetabbā; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto
paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, karuṇā tasmiṃ
puggale bhāvetabbā; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ,
bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, upekkhā tasmiṃ puggale bhāvetabbā;
evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale
āghāto jāyetha, asatiamanasikāro tasmiṃ puggale āpajjitabbo; evaṃ tasmiṃ
puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ ,
bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, kammassakatā tasmiṃ puggale
adhiṭṭhātabbā – ‘kammassako ayamāyasmā kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu
kammappaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissati kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā tassa
dāyādo bhavissatī’ti; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto
sabbaso paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyaāghātapaṭivinayasuttaṃ
162. Tatra kho
āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso bhikkhave’’ti. ‘‘Āvuso’’ti
kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā sāriputto
etadavoca –
‘‘Pańcime, āvuso, āghātapaṭivinayā yattha
bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo. Katame pańca? Idhāvuso,
ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti parisuddhavacīsamācāro;
evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo
aparisuddhavacīsamācāro hoti parisuddhakāyasamācāro; evarūpepi, āvuso,
puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo
aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, labhati ca kālena
kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto
paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro
hoti aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, na ca labhati kālena kālaṃ
cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto
paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro
parisuddhavacīsamācāro, labhati ca kālena vā kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso
pasādaṃ; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.
‘‘Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro
parisuddhavacīsamācāro, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo?
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, bhikkhu paṃsukūliko rathiyāya nantakaṃ disvā vāmena
pādena niggaṇhitvā dakkhiṇena pādena pattharitvā [vitthāretvā
(sī. pī.)], yo tattha sāro taṃ paripātetvā ādāya pakkameyya;
evamevaṃ khvāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro
parisuddhavacīsamācāro, yāssa aparisuddhakāyasamācāratā na sāssa
tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā, yā ca
khvāssa parisuddhavacīsamācāratā sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā.
Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.
‘‘Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro
parisuddhakāyasamācāro, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo?
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī sevālapaṇakapariyonaddhā. Atha puriso
āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito. So taṃ
pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā ubhohi hatthehi iticiti ca sevālapaṇakaṃ
apaviyūhitvā ańjalinā pivitvā pakkameyya. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso ,
yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhakāyasamācāro, yāssa
aparisuddhavacīsamācāratā na sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā, yā ca
khvāssa parisuddhakāyasamācāratā sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā.
Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.
‘‘Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro
aparisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena
kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto
paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, parittaṃ gopade [gopadake
(sī. syā.)] udakaṃ.
Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito
pipāsito. Tassa evamassa – ‘idaṃ kho parittaṃ gopade udakaṃ. Sacāhaṃ
ańjalinā vā pivissāmi bhājanena vā khobhessāmipi taṃ loḷessāmipi
taṃ apeyyampi taṃ karissāmi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ catukkuṇḍiko [catuguṇḍiko
(sī.), catukuṇḍiko (syā. kaṃ. pī.), catukoṇḍiko (dī. ni. 3.7)] nipatitvā
gopītakaṃ pivitvā pakkameyya’nti. So catukkuṇḍiko nipatitvā gopītakaṃ
pivitvā pakkameyya. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo
aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṃ
cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, yāssa aparisuddhakāyasamācāratā na sāssa
tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā; yāpissa aparisuddhavacīsamācāratā na
sāpissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā. Yańca kho so labhati kālena kālaṃ
cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso
pasādaṃ, tamevassa [tadevassa
(sī. syā.)] tasmiṃ
samaye manasi kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.
‘‘Tatrāvuso , yvāyaṃ puggalo
aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro na ca labhati kālena
kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto
paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno
addhānamaggappaṭipanno. Tassa puratopissa dūre gāmo pacchatopissa dūre
gāmo. So na labheyya sappāyāni bhojanāni, na labheyya sappāyāni
bhesajjāni, na labheyya patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ, na labheyya
gāmantanāyakaṃ. Tamenaṃ ańńataro puriso passeyya addhānamaggappaṭipanno.
So tasmiṃ purise kāruńńaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpeyya, anuddayaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpeyya,
anukampaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpeyya – ‘aho vatāyaṃ puriso labheyya sappāyāni
bhojanāni, labheyya sappāyāni bhesajjāni, labheyya patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ,
labheyya gāmantanāyakaṃ! Taṃ kissa hetu? Māyaṃ [ayaṃ
(ka.)] puriso idheva
anayabyasanaṃ āpajjī’ti [āpajjeyya
(ka.)]! Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo
aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro na ca labhati kālena
kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, evarūpepi [evarūpe
(pī.)], āvuso, puggale kāruńńaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ anuddayāyeva
upaṭṭhāpetabbā anukampāyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbā – ‘aho vata ayamāyasmā
kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveyya, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya
vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveyya, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveyya !
Taṃ kissa hetu? Māyaṃ āyasmā [ayamāyasmā
(ka.)] kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjī’ti [upapajjatīti
(ka.)]! Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.
‘‘Tatrāvuso , yvāyaṃ puggalo
parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṃ
cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto
paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā [acchodikā
sātodikā sītodikā (sī.)] setakā [setodakā
(ka.)] supatitthā
ramaṇīyā nānārukkhehi sańchannā. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto
ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito .
So taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā nhātvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā tattheva
rukkhacchāyāya nisīdeyya vā nipajjeyya vā.
Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro
parisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso
pasādaṃ, yāpissa parisuddhakāyasamācāratā
sāpissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā; yāpissa parisuddhavacīsamācāratā
sāpissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā; yampi labhati kālena kālaṃ cetaso
vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ
tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Samantapāsādikaṃ, āvuso, puggalaṃ
āgamma cittaṃ pasīdati.
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, pańca āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno
āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Sākacchasuttaṃ
163. Tatra kho
āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso bhikkhave’’ti. ‘‘Āvuso’’ti
kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā sāriputto
etadavoca –
[a. ni. 5.65-66] ‘‘Pańcahāvuso ,
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ sākaccho sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Katamehi
pańcahi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti,
sīlasampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā
hoti; attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadākathāya ca āgataṃ
pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadākathāya
ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti,
vimuttisampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca
vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadākathāya ca
āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi kho, āvuso, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ sākaccho sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Sājīvasuttaṃ
164.[a.
ni. 5.65] Tatra kho
āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… ‘‘pańcahi, āvuso, dhammehi
samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi?
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti ,
sīlasampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca
samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā
hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ
byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadākathāya ca
āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti,
vimuttińāṇadassanasampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi
kho, āvuso, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo
sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Pańhapucchāsuttaṃ
165. Tatra kho
āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… ‘‘yo hi koci, āvuso, paraṃ pańhaṃ
pucchati, sabbo so pańcahi ṭhānehi, etesaṃ vā ańńatarena. Katamehi
pańcahi? Mandattā momūhattā [momuhattā
(sī.)] paraṃ pańhaṃ
pucchati, pāpiccho icchāpakato paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, paribhavaṃ paraṃ pańhaṃ
pucchati, ańńātukāmo paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, atha vā panevaṃcitto [atha
vā pakuppanto (sī. pī.)] paraṃ
pańhaṃ pucchati – ‘sace me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati iccetaṃ
kusalaṃ, no ce [no
ca (syā.)]me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati ahamassa
sammadeva byākarissāmī’ti. Yo hi koci, āvuso, paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati,
sabbo so imehi pańcahi ṭhānehi,
etesaṃ vā ańńatarena. Ahaṃ kho panāvuso, evaṃcitto paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchāmi
– ‘sace me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati iccetaṃ
kusalaṃ, no ce me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati, ahamassa
sammadeva byākarissāmī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Nirodhasuttaṃ
166. Tatra kho
āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… ‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno
samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi
vuṭṭhaheyyāpi [samāpajjeyyapi
vuṭṭhaheyyapi (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] –
atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya, atikkammeva
kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ [kabaḷiṃkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ
ṭhāna’’nti.
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho
etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva
kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ
ṭhāna’’nti.
Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto
bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno
pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi –
atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya, atikkammeva
kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ
ṭhāna’’nti.
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ
kho etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta ,
anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ
sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ
samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.
Atha kho āyasmato
sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘yāvatatiyakampi [yāvatatiyampi
(sī. syā. pī.)] kho me
āyasmā udāyī paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ
yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyya’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena
bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno
sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No
ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya,
atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ
manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi
vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho
etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva
kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ
ṭhāna’’nti.
Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno
sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi
vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ .
No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya, atikkammeva
kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ
ṭhāna’’nti.
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ
kho etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva
kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ
ṭhāna’’nti.
Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatopi kho me sammukhā
āyasmā udāyī yāvatatiyakaṃ paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati.
Yaṃnūnāhaṃ tuṇhī assa’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ
udāyiṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kaṃ pana tvaṃ, udāyi, manomayaṃ kāyaṃ paccesī’’ti?
‘‘Ye te, bhante, devā arūpino sańńāmayā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho tuyhaṃ, udāyi,
bālassa abyattassa bhaṇitena! Tvampi nāma bhaṇitabbaṃ mańńasī’’ti! Atha
kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘atthi nāma, ānanda, theraṃ
bhikkhuṃ vihesiyamānaṃ ajjhupekkhissatha .
Na hi nāma, ānanda, kāruńńampi bhavissati theramhi [byattamhi
(syā. kaṃ. ka.)] bhikkhumhi
vihesiyamānamhī’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ
samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme
ańńaṃ ārādheyya , atikkammeva
kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ
upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ
ṭhāna’’nti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ
pāvisi.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando
acirapakkantassa bhagavato yenāyasmā upavāṇo tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idhāvuso upavāṇa, ańńe
there bhikkhū vihesenti. Mayaṃ tena na muccāma. Anacchariyaṃ kho,
panetaṃ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṃ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito
etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṃyevettha upavāṇaṃ
paṭibhāseyya. Idāneva amhākaṃ sārajjaṃ okkanta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā
sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ
upavāṇaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Katīhi nu kho, upavāṇa, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu
sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti?
‘‘Pańcahi, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha,
bhante, thero bhikkhu sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu;
bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇavāco hoti
kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya [anelagaḷāya
(syā. kaṃ.)] atthassa
vińńāpaniyā; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī;
āsavānaṃ khayā…pe…
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhante, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti.
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, upavāṇa! Imehi
kho, upavāṇa, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Ime ce, upavāṇa, pańca
dhammā therassa bhikkhuno na saṃvijjeyyuṃ, taṃ sabrahmacārī na
sakkareyyuṃ na garuṃ kareyyuṃ na māneyyuṃ na pūjeyyuṃ khaṇḍiccena
pāliccena valittacatāya. Yasmā ca kho, upavāṇa, ime pańca dhammā
therassa bhikkhuno saṃvijjanti, tasmā taṃ sabrahmacārī sakkaronti garuṃ
karonti mānenti pūjentī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Codanāsuttaṃ
167. Tatra kho
āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṃ
codetukāmena pańca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo’’.
‘‘Katame pańca? Kālena vakkhāmi, no akālena; bhūtena vakkhāmi, no
abhūtena; saṇhena vakkhāmi, no pharusena; atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi, no
anatthasaṃhitena; mettacitto [mettacittena
(sī. pī. ka.) cūḷava. 400 passitabbaṃ] vakkhāmi,
no dosantaro [dosantarena
(sī. pī. ka.)]. Codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṃ codetukāmena ime
pańca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo.
‘‘Idhāhaṃ , āvuso, ekaccaṃ
puggalaṃ passāmi akālena codiyamānaṃ no kālena kupitaṃ, abhūtena
codiyamānaṃ no bhūtena kupitaṃ, pharusena codiyamānaṃ no saṇhena
kupitaṃ, anatthasaṃhitena codiyamānaṃ no atthasaṃhitena kupitaṃ,
dosantarena codiyamānaṃ no mettacittena kupitaṃ.
‘‘Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro
upadahātabbo [upadahitabbo
(sī. syā. pī.)] –
‘akālenāyasmā cudito no kālena ,
alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; abhūtenāyasmā cudito no bhūtena ,
alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; pharusenāyasmā cudito no saṇhena, alaṃ te
avippaṭisārāya ;
anatthasaṃhitenāyasmā cudito no atthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya;
dosantarenāyasmā cudito no mettacittena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāyā’ti.
Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro
upadahātabbo.
‘‘Adhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro
upadahātabbo – ‘akālena te, āvuso, codito [cudito
(sī. syā. pī.)]no kālena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; abhūtena te,
āvuso, codito no bhūtena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; pharusena te, āvuso,
codito no saṇhena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; anatthasaṃhitena te, āvuso,
codito no atthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; dosantarena te, āvuso,
codito no mettacittena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāyā’ti. Adhammacodakassa,
āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo. Taṃ kissa
hetu? Yathā na ańńopi bhikkhu abhūtena
codetabbaṃ mańńeyyāti.
‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, āvuso, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ passāmi kālena codiyamānaṃ no
akālena kupitaṃ, bhūtena codiyamānaṃ no abhūtena kupitaṃ, saṇhena
codiyamānaṃ no pharusena kupitaṃ, atthasaṃhitena codiyamānaṃ no
anatthasaṃhitena kupitaṃ, mettacittena codiyamānaṃ no dosantarena
kupitaṃ.
‘‘Dhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro
upadahātabbo – ‘kālenāyasmā cudito no akālena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya;
bhūtenāyasmā cudito no abhūtena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; saṇhenāyasmā
cudito no pharusena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; atthasaṃhitenāyasmā cudito
no anatthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; mettacittenāyasmā cudito no
dosantarena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāyā’ti. Dhammacuditassa ,
āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.
‘‘Dhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro
upadahātabbo – ‘kālena te, āvuso, codito no akālena, alaṃ te
avippaṭisārāya; bhūtena te, āvuso, codito no abhūtena, alaṃ te
avippaṭisārāya; saṇhena te, āvuso, codito no pharusena,
alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; atthasaṃhitena te, āvuso, codito no
anatthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; mettacittena te, āvuso, codito
no dosantarena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāyā’ti. Dhammacodakassa, āvuso,
bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Yathā ańńopi bhikkhu bhūtena
coditabbaṃ mańńeyyāti.
‘‘Cuditena, āvuso, puggalena dvīsu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṃ – sacce ca,
akuppe ca. Maṃ cepi [pańcahi
(syā. ka.)], āvuso, pare codeyyuṃ kālena vā akālena vā bhūtena vā
abhūtena vā saṇhena vā pharusena vā atthasaṃhitena vā anatthasaṃhitena
vā mettacittā [mettacittena
(sī. pī. ka.) ma. ni. 1.227 passitabbaṃ] vā
dosantarā [dosantarena
(sī. pī. ka.)] vā,
ahampi dvīsuyeva dhammesu patiṭṭhaheyyaṃ – sacce ca, akuppe ca. Sace
jāneyyaṃ – ‘attheso mayi dhammo’ti, ‘atthī’ti naṃ vadeyyaṃ –
‘saṃvijjateso mayi dhammo’ti. Sace jāneyyaṃ – ‘nattheso mayi dhammo’ti,
‘natthī’ti naṃ vadeyyaṃ – ‘neso dhammo mayi saṃvijjatī’ti.
‘‘Evampi kho te [evampi
kho (ka.)], sāriputta, vuccamānā atha ca panidhekacce moghapurisā
na padakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhantī’’ti.
‘‘Ye te, bhante, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino [keṭubhino
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] uddhatā
unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane
amattańńuno jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttā sāmańńe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na
tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke
nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā
vibbhantacittā duppańńā eḷamūgā, te mayā evaṃ vuccamānā na padakkhiṇaṃ
gaṇhanti.
‘‘Ye pana te, bhante, kulaputtā saddhā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā asaṭhā amāyāvino aketabino anuddhatā
anunnaḷā acapalā amukharā avikiṇṇavācā indriyesu guttadvārā bhojane
mattańńuno jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā
sāmańńe apekkhavanto sikkhāya tibbagāravā na bāhulikā na sāthalikā
okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā āraddhavīriyā pahitattā
upaṭṭhitassatino sampajānā samāhitā ekaggacittā pańńavanto aneḷamūgā, te
mayā evaṃ vuccamānā padakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhantīti.
‘‘Ye te, sāriputta, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā
mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattańńuno jāgariyaṃ
ananuyuttā sāmańńe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā
sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā
muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppańńā eḷamūgā,
tiṭṭhantu te.
‘‘Ye pana, te sāriputta, kulaputtā saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā
asaṭhā amāyāvino aketabino anuddhatā anunnaḷā acapalā amukharā
avikiṇṇavācā indriyesu guttadvārā bhojane mattańńuno jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā
sāmańńe apekkhavanto sikkhāya tibbagāravā na bāhulikā na sāthalikā
okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā āraddhavīriyā pahitattā
upaṭṭhitassatino sampajānā samāhitā ekaggacittā pańńavanto aneḷamūgā, te
tvaṃ, sāriputta, vadeyyāsi .
Ovada, sāriputta ,
sabrahmacārī; anusāsa, sāriputta, sabrahmacārī – ‘asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā
saddhamme patiṭṭhāpessāmi sabrahmacārī’ti. Evańhi te, sāriputta,
sikkhitabba’’nti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Sīlasuttaṃ
168. Tatra kho
āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘dussīlassa, āvuso, sīlavipannassa
hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati
sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ;
yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso
hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa
hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho
sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi …pe…
pheggupi… sāropi na pāripūriṃ gacchati. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, dussīlassa
sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati
sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ;
yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso
hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa
hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ.
‘‘Sīlavato, āvuso, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi;
sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti
yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati
yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo;
nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti
vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho, sākhāpalāsasampanno.
Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi…pe… pheggupi… sāropi pāripūriṃ
gacchati. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno
hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa
upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati
yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo;
nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti
vimuttińāṇadassana’’nti [a.
ni. 5.168; 6.50; 7.65]. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Khippanisantisuttaṃ
169. Atha kho
āyasmā ānando yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā
sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ [sārāṇīyaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vītisāretvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ
sāriputtaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti,
kusalesu dhammesu suggahitaggāhī ca, bahuńca gaṇhāti, gahitańcassa
nappamussatī’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmā kho ānando bahussuto. Paṭibhātu
āyasmantaṃyeva ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Tenahāvuso sāriputta, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ
manasi karohi;
bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmato ānandassa
paccassosi. Āyasmā ānando etadavoca –
‘‘Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu atthakusalo ca hoti, dhammakusalo ca,
byańjanakusalo ca ,
niruttikusalo ca, pubbāparakusalo ca. Ettāvatā kho ,
āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu,
suggahitaggāhī ca, bahuńca gaṇhāti, gahitańcassa nappamussatī’’ti.
‘‘Acchariyaṃ, āvuso! Abbhutaṃ, āvuso!! Yāva subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ āyasmatā
ānandena. Imehi ca mayaṃ pańcahi dhammehi samannāgataṃ āyasmantaṃ
ānandaṃ dhārema – ‘āyasmā ānando atthakusalo dhammakusalo byańjanakusalo
niruttikusalo pubbāparakusalo’’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Bhaddajisuttaṃ
170. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Atha kho āyasmā bhaddaji
yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ
sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ bhaddajiṃ āyasmā ānando etadavoca –
‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso bhaddaji, dassanānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ savanānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ
sukhānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ sańńānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ bhavānaṃ agga’’nti?
‘‘Atthāvuso, brahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto ańńadatthudaso vasavattī, yo taṃ
brahmānaṃ passati, idaṃ dassanānaṃ aggaṃ. Atthāvuso, ābhassarā nāma devā
sukhena abhisannā parisannā. Te kadāci karahaci udānaṃ udānenti – ‘aho
sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti! Yo taṃ saddaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ savanānaṃ aggaṃ.
Atthāvuso, subhakiṇhā nāma devā. Te santaṃyeva tusitā sukhaṃ
paṭivedenti, idaṃ sukhānaṃ aggaṃ. Atthāvuso, ākińcańńāyatanūpagā devā,
idaṃ sańńānaṃ aggaṃ.
Atthāvuso, nevasańńānāsańńāyatanūpagā devā, idaṃ bhavānaṃ agga’’nti.
‘‘Sameti kho idaṃ āyasmato bhaddajissa, yadidaṃ bahunā janenā’’ti?
‘‘Āyasmā kho, ānando,
bahussuto. Paṭibhātu āyasmantaṃyeva ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Tenahāvuso bhaddaji,
suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho
āyasmā bhaddaji āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi. Āyasmā ānando etadavoca –
‘‘Yathā passato kho, āvuso,
anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ dassanānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā suṇato
anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ savanānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā sukhitassa
anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ sukhānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā sańńissa
anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ sańńānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā bhūtassa
anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ bhavānaṃ agga’’nti. Dasamaṃ.
Āghātavaggo dutiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Dve āghātavinayā, sākacchā sājīvato pańhaṃ;
Pucchā nirodho codanā, sīlaṃ nisanti bhaddajīti.
(18) 3. Upāsakavaggo
1. Sārajjasuttaṃ
171. Evaṃ me
sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane
anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti .
‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako sārajjaṃ okkanto
hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti,
kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako sārajjaṃ
okkanto hoti.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato upāsako visārado hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā
paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato
hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato
hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako
visārado hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Visāradasuttaṃ
172. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako avisārado agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti…pe…
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato upāsako avisārado agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako visārado agāraṃ
ajjhāvasati. Katamehi pańcahi?
Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato
hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako
visārado agāraṃ ajjhāvasatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Nirayasuttaṃ
173. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti…pe…
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe…
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
sagge’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Verasuttaṃ
174. Atha kho
anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Pańca, gahapati, bhayāni verāni appahāya ‘dussīlo’ iti vuccati,
nirayańca upapajjati. Katamāni pańca? Pāṇātipātaṃ, adinnādānaṃ,
kāmesumicchācāraṃ, musāvādaṃ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ – imāni kho,
gahapati, pańca bhayāni verāni appahāya ‘dussīlo’ iti vuccati, nirayańca
upapajjati.
‘‘Pańca, gahapati, bhayāni verāni pahāya ‘sīlavā’ iti vuccati, sugatińca
upapajjati . Katamāni pańca?
Pāṇātipātaṃ, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāraṃ, musāvādaṃ,
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ – imāni kho, gahapati, pańca bhayāni verāni
pahāya ‘sīlavā’ iti vuccati, sugatińca upapajjati.
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ
veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikaṃ
bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na samparāyikaṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na
cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa
evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, adinnādāyī…pe….
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, kāmesumicchācārī…pe….
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, musāvādī…pe….
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ
pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato neva
diṭṭhadhammikaṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na samparāyikaṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ
pasavati, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ
vūpasantaṃ hotī’’ti.
‘‘Yo pāṇamatipāteti,
musāvādańca bhāsati;
Loke adinnaṃ ādiyati, paradārańca gacchati;
Surāmerayapānańca, yo naro anuyuńjati.
‘‘Appahāya pańca verāni, dussīlo iti vuccati;
Kāyassa bhedā duppańńo, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.
‘‘Yo pāṇaṃ nātipāteti,
musāvādaṃ na bhāsati;
Loke adinnaṃ nādiyati, paradāraṃ na gacchati;
Surāmerayapānańca , yo naro
nānuyuńjati.
‘‘Pahāya pańca verāni, sīlavā iti vuccati;
Kāyassa bhedā sappańńo,
sugatiṃ sopapajjatī’’ti. catutthaṃ;
5. Caṇḍālasuttaṃ
175. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti
upāsakamalańca upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca [upāsakapatikiṭṭho
ca (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Katamehi pańcahi? Assaddho hoti; dussīlo
hoti; kotūhalamaṅgaliko hoti, maṅgalaṃ pacceti no kammaṃ; ito ca
bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṃ gavesati; tattha ca pubbakāraṃ karoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti
upāsakamalańca upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakaratanańca hoti
upāsakapadumańca upāsakapuṇḍarīkańca [upāsakapuṇḍarīko
ca (pī. ka.)]. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho hoti; sīlavā hoti;
akotūhalamaṅgaliko hoti, kammaṃ pacceti no maṅgalaṃ; na ito bahiddhā
dakkhiṇeyyaṃ gavesati; idha ca pubbakāraṃ karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakaratanańca hoti
upāsakapadumańca upāsakapuṇḍarīkańcā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Pītisuttaṃ
176. Atha kho
anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pańcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Tumhe kho, gahapati, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena .
Na kho, gahapati, tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhi karaṇīyā – ‘mayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ
paccupaṭṭhitā
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārenā’ti .
Tasmātiha, gahapati, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘kinti mayaṃ
kālena kālaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja vihareyyāmā’ti! Evańhi vo,
gahapati, sikkhitabba’’nti.
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ,
bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāva subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā –
‘tumhe kho, gahapati, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. Na kho,
gahapati, tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhi karaṇīyā – mayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ
paccupaṭṭhitā
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārenāti. Tasmātiha,
gahapati, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – kinti mayaṃ kālena kālaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ
upasampajja vihareyyāmāti! Evańhi vo, gahapati, sikkhitabba’nti. Yasmiṃ,
bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati,
pańcassa ṭhānāni tasmiṃ samaye na honti. Yampissa kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ
sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa
akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti.
Yampissa akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na
hoti. Yampissa kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ
samaye na hoti. Yasmiṃ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṃ pītiṃ
upasampajja viharati, imānissa pańca [imāni
pańcassa (syā. kaṃ.)] ṭhānāni
tasmiṃ samaye na hontī’’ti.
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta!
Yasmiṃ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṃ pītiṃ
upasampajja viharati, pańcassa ṭhānāni tasmiṃ samaye na honti. Yampissa
kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti.
Yampissa kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na
hoti. Yampissa akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ
samaye na hoti. Yampissa akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa
tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ,
tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yasmiṃ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako
pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati, imānissa [imānettha
(sī.)] pańca ṭhānāni
tasmiṃ samaye na hontī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Vaṇijjāsuttaṃ
177. ‘‘Pańcimā ,
bhikkhave, vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā. Katamā pańca? Satthavaṇijjā,
sattavaṇijjā, maṃsavaṇijjā, majjavaṇijjā, visavaṇijjā – imā kho,
bhikkhave, pańca vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Rājāsuttaṃ
178. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ
mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā – ‘ayaṃ puriso
pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratoti [paṭivirato
hotīti (sī.), paṭivirato hoti (syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno
gahetvā pāṇātipātā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā
yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave!
Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso
pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā
pāṇātipātā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā
yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca, khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti [tatheva
pāpakaṃ kammaṃ pavedayanti (sī.), tadeva pāpakammaṃ pavedeti (syā.
kaṃ.)] – ‘ayaṃ puriso
itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā jīvitā voropesīti [voropetīti
(syā. kaṃ.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā pāṇātipātahetu hananti vā
bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā
yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ
vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati [sūyissati
(sī. pī.)] cā’’ti.
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā –
‘ayaṃ puriso adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno
gahetvā adinnādānā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā
yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave!
Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso
adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā
adinnādānā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā
yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti
– ‘ayaṃ puriso gāmā vā arańńā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyīti [ādiyati
(syā. kaṃ.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā adinnādānahetu hananti vā
bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā
karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca
no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati cā’’ti.
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā –
‘ayaṃ puriso kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratoti.
Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇihetu hananti vā
bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ ,
bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ
na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā
paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇihetu
hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api
ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti – ‘ayaṃ puriso paritthīsu
parakumārīsu cārittaṃ āpajjīti [āpajjati
(syā. kaṃ.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā kāmesumicchācārahetu hananti vā
bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi
evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca
suyyissati cā’’ti.
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā –
‘ayaṃ puriso musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno
gahetvā musāvādā veramaṇihetu
hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti?
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave,
neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā
paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā musāvādā veramaṇihetu hananti vā
bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca khvassa
tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti – ‘ayaṃ puriso gahapatissa vā
gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena atthaṃ pabhańjīti [bhańjatīti
(sī.), bhańjati (syā. kaṃ.), bhańjīti (pī.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno
gahetvā musāvādahetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ
vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti?
‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati cā’’ti .
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā –
‘ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā
pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā
karontī’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ,
bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratoti.
Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇihetu hananti
vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca
khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti – ‘ayaṃ puriso
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā jīvitā
voropesi [voropeti
(syā.)]; ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto gāmā
vā arańńā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi [ādiyati
(sī. syā.)]; ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto
paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṃ āpajji [āpajjati
(sī. syā.)]; ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto
gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena atthaṃ pabhańjīti. Tamenaṃ
rājāno gahetvā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānahetu hananti vā bandhanti vā
pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ
vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati cā’’ti.
Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Gihisuttaṃ
179. Atha kho
anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pańcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ kańci [yaṃ
kińci (sī. pī.)], sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṃ odātavasanaṃ
pańcasu sikkhāpadesu saṃvutakammantaṃ catunnaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhiṃ akicchalābhiṃ akasiralābhiṃ, so
ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi
khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto,
sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.
‘‘Katamesu pańcasu sikkhāpadesu saṃvutakammanto hoti? Idha ,
sāriputta, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato
hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti,
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imesu pańcasu sikkhāpadesu
saṃvutakammanto hoti.
‘‘Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ
ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī
akasiralābhī? Idha, sāriputta, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena
samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā
devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayamassa paṭhamo ābhicetasiko
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa visuddhiyā
apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena
samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto
bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ
veditabbo vińńūhī’ti. Ayamassa dutiyo ābhicetasiko
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa visuddhiyā
apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta,
ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho
ńāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo
anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. Ayamassa tatiyo ābhicetasiko
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa
cittassa visuddhiyā apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato
hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi
vińńuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayamassa catuttho
ābhicetasiko diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa
visuddhiyā apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya. Imesaṃ catunnaṃ
ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī
akasiralābhī.
‘‘Yaṃ kańci, sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṃ odātavasanaṃ – imesu pańcasu
sikkhāpadesu saṃvutakammantaṃ, imesańca catunnaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhiṃ akicchalābhiṃ
akasiralābhiṃ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya –
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni
khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi
avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.
‘‘Nirayesu bhayaṃ disvā, pāpāni parivajjaye;
Ariyadhammaṃ samādāya, paṇḍito parivajjaye.
‘‘Na hiṃse pāṇabhūtāni, vijjamāne parakkame;
Musā ca na bhaṇe jānaṃ, adinnaṃ na parāmase.
‘‘Sehi dārehi santuṭṭho, paradārańca ārame [nārame
(sī. syā.)];
Merayaṃ vāruṇiṃ jantu, na pive cittamohaniṃ.
‘‘Anussareyya sambuddhaṃ,
dhammańcānuvitakkaye;
Abyāpajjaṃ [abyāpajjhaṃ
(?) abyāpajjhaṃ (ka.)] hitaṃ
cittaṃ, devalokāya bhāvaye.
‘‘Upaṭṭhite deyyadhamme, puńńatthassa jigīsato [jigiṃsato
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)];
Santesu paṭhamaṃ dinnā, vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā.
‘‘Santo have pavakkhāmi, sāriputta suṇohi me;
Iti kaṇhāsu setāsu, rohiṇīsu
harīsu vā.
‘‘Kammāsāsu sarūpāsu, gosu pārevatāsu vā;
Yāsu kāsuci etāsu, danto jāyati puṅgavo.
‘‘Dhorayho balasampanno, kalyāṇajavanikkamo;
Tameva bhāre yuńjanti, nāssa
vaṇṇaṃ parikkhare.
‘‘Evamevaṃ manussesu, yasmiṃ
kismińci jātiye;
Khattiye brāhmaṇe vesse, sudde caṇḍālapukkuse.
‘‘Yāsu kāsuci etāsu, danto jāyati subbato;
Dhammaṭṭho sīlasampanno, saccavādī hirīmano.
‘‘Pahīnajātimaraṇo, brahmacariyassa kevalī;
Pannabhāro visaṃyutto, katakicco anāsavo.
‘‘Pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ, anupādāya nibbuto;
Tasmińca viraje khette, vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā.
‘‘Bālā ca avijānantā, dummedhā assutāvino;
Bahiddhā dadanti dānāni, na hi sante upāsare.
‘‘Ye ca sante upāsanti, sappańńe dhīrasammate;
Saddhā ca nesaṃ sugate, mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā.
‘‘Devalokańca te yanti, kule vā idha jāyare;
Anupubbena nibbānaṃ, adhigacchanti paṇḍitā’’ti. navamaṃ;
10. Gavesīsuttaṃ
180. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Addasā
kho bhagavā addhānamaggappaṭipanno ańńatarasmiṃ padese mahantaṃ
sālavanaṃ; disvāna [disvā
(sī. pī.)] maggā
okkamma [ukkamma
(katthaci)]yena taṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ
sālavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā ańńatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi.
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ko nu
kho hetu ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya? Na akāraṇena
tathāgatā sitaṃ pātukarontī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko
nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya? Na
akāraṇena tathāgatā sitaṃ pātukarontī’’ti.
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, imasmiṃ padese nagaraṃ ahosi iddhańceva phītańca
bahujanaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ. Taṃ kho panānanda, nagaraṃ kassapo bhagavā
arahaṃ sammāsambuddho upanissāya vihāsi. Kassapassa kho panānanda,
bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa gavesī nāma upāsako ahosi sīlesu
aparipūrakārī. Gavesinā kho, ānanda, upāsakena pańcamattāni
upāsakasatāni paṭidesitāni samādapitāni [samādāpitāni
(?)] ahesuṃ sīlesu
aparipūrakārino. Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa upāsakassa etadahosi –
‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ bahūpakāro [bahukāro
(katthaci)] pubbaṅgamo
samādapetā [samādāpetā
(?)], ahańcamhi sīlesu aparipūrakārī, imāni ca pańca
upāsakasatāni sīlesu aparipūrakārino. Iccetaṃ samasamaṃ, natthi kińci
atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti.
‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena tāni pańca upāsakasatāni
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tāni pańca upāsakasatāni etadavoca –
‘ajjatagge maṃ āyasmanto sīlesu paripūrakāriṃ dhārethā’ti! Atha kho,
ānanda, tesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayyo kho gavesī
amhākaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā .
Ayyo hi nāma gavesī sīlesu
paripūrakārī bhavissati. Kimaṅgaṃ [kimaṅga
(sī. pī.)] pana
maya’nti [pana
na mayanti (sī.) a. ni. 4.159; cūḷava. 330; saṃ. ni. 5.1020 pāḷiyā
saṃsandetabbaṃ]! Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni yena
gavesī upāsako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā gavesiṃ upāsakaṃ
etadavocuṃ – ‘ajjatagge ayyo gavesī imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu
paripūrakārino dhāretū’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa upāsakassa
etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ bahūpakāro
pubbaṅgamo samādapetā, ahańcamhi sīlesu paripūrakārī, imānipi pańca
upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino .
Iccetaṃ samasamaṃ, natthi kińci atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti!
‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena tāni pańca upāsakasatāni
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tāni pańca upāsakasatāni etadavoca –
‘ajjatagge maṃ āyasmanto brahmacāriṃ dhāretha ārācāri [anācāriṃ
(pī.)] virataṃ methunā
gāmadhammā’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, tesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi
– ‘ayyo kho gavesī amhākaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ayyo hi
nāma gavesī brahmacārī bhavissati ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā.
Kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’nti! Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni yena
gavesī upāsako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā gavesiṃ upāsakaṃ
etadavocuṃ – ‘ajjatagge ayyo gavesī imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni
brahmacārino dhāretu ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā’ti. Atha kho,
ānanda, gavesissa upāsakassa etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ
upāsakasatānaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ahańcamhi sīlesu
paripūrakārī. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino.
Ahańcamhi brahmacārī ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Imānipi pańca
upāsakasatāni brahmacārino ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā. Iccetaṃ
samasamaṃ, natthi kińci atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti.
‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena tāni pańca upāsakasatāni
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tāni pańca upāsakasatāni etadavoca –
‘ajjatagge maṃ āyasmanto ekabhattikaṃ dhāretha rattūparataṃ virataṃ vikālabhojanā’ti.
Atha kho, ānanda, tesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayyo kho
gavesī bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ayyo hi nāma gavesī ekabhattiko
bhavissati rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. Kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’nti!
Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni yena gavesī upāsako
tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā gavesiṃ upāsakaṃ etadavocuṃ –
‘ajjatagge ayyo gavesī imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni ekabhattike dhāretu
rattūparate virate vikālabhojanā’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa
upāsakassa etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ
bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ahańcamhi sīlesu paripūrakārī. Imānipi
pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino. Ahańcamhi brahmacārī ārācārī
virato methunā gāmadhammā. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni brahmacārino
ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā. Ahańcamhi ekabhattiko rattūparato
virato vikālabhojanā. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni ekabhattikā
rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā. Iccetaṃ samasamaṃ, natthi kińci
atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti.
‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkami ;
upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavoca –
‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyaṃ
upasampada’nti. Alattha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako kassapassa bhagavato
arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ.
Acirūpasampanno kho panānanda, gavesī bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto
ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ
diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā
jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti
abbhańńāsi. Ańńataro ca panānanda, gavesī bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosi.
‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, tesa
pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayyo kho gavesī amhākaṃ bahūpakāro
pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ayyo hi nāma gavesī kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni
vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati. Kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’nti! Atha kho, ānanda, tāni
pańca upāsakasatāni yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ;
upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavocuṃ
– ‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma
upasampada’nti. Alabhiṃsu kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni
kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ,
alabhiṃsu upasampadaṃ.
‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imassa
anuttarassa vimuttisukhassa nikāmalābhī homi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
Aho vatimānipi pańca bhikkhusatāni imassa anuttarassa vimuttisukhassa
nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino’ti. Atha kho, ānanda,
tāni pańca bhikkhusatāni vūpakaṭṭhā [bhikkhusatāni
ekekā vūpakaṭṭhā (syā. kaṃ.)] appamattā
ātāpino pahitattā viharantā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā
sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ –
brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā
upasampajja vihariṃsu. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhańńiṃsu’’.
‘‘Iti kho , ānanda, tāni
pańca bhikkhusatāni gavesīpamukhāni uttaruttari [uttaruttariṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] paṇītapaṇītaṃ vāyamamānā
anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchākaṃsu. Tasmātiha, ānanda, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ –
‘uttaruttari paṇītapaṇītaṃ vāyamamānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ
sacchikarissāmā’ti. Evańhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti. Dasamaṃ.
Upāsakavaggo tatiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Sārajjaṃ visārado nirayaṃ,
veraṃ caṇḍālapańcamaṃ;
Pīti vaṇijjā rājāno, gihī ceva gavesināti.
(19) 4. Arańńavaggo
1. Ārańńikasuttaṃ
181. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ārańńikā [ārańńatā
(sabbattha) pari. 443 passitabbaṃ]. Katame pańca? Mandattā
momūhattā ārańńiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato ārańńiko hoti, ummādā
cittakkhepā ārańńiko hoti, vaṇṇitaṃ buddhehi buddhasāvakehīti ārańńiko
hoti, appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva
nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva [idamaṭṭhitaṃyeva
(sī. pī.)] nissāya
ārańńiko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ārańńikā. Imesaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ yvāyaṃ ārańńiko appicchataṃyeva nissāya
santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya
idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya ārańńiko hoti, ayaṃ imesaṃ
pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho [pāmokkho
(a. ni. 4.95; 10.91)] ca
uttamo ca pavaro ca.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā
navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo, sappimaṇḍo [sappimhā
sappimaṇḍo (ka.) saṃ. ni. 3.662] tattha
aggamakkhāyati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ
yvāyaṃ ārańńiko appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya
sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya
ārańńiko hoti, ayaṃ imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca
mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Cīvarasuttaṃ
182. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, paṃsukūlikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā paṃsukūliko
hoti…pe… idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya paṃsukūliko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave,
pańca paṃsukūlikā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Rukkhamūlikasuttaṃ
183. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, rukkhamūlikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā rukkhamūliko
hoti…pe… idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya rukkhamūliko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave,
pańca rukkhamūlikā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Sosānikasuttaṃ
184. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, sosānikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā sosāniko hoti…pe…
idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya sosāniko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
sosānikā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Abbhokāsikasuttaṃ
185. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, abbhokāsikā…pe…. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Nesajjikasuttaṃ
186. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, nesajjikā…pe…. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Yathāsanthatikasuttaṃ
187. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, yathāsanthatikā…pe…. Sattamaṃ.
8. Ekāsanikasuttaṃ
188. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ekāsanikā…pe…. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Khalupacchābhattikasuttaṃ
189. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, khalupacchābhattikā…pe…. Navamaṃ.
10. Pattapiṇḍikasuttaṃ
190. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, pattapiṇḍikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā pattapiṇḍiko
hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā
pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ‘vaṇṇitaṃ buddhehi buddhasāvakehī’ti pattapiṇḍiko
hoti, appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva
nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva
nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca pattapiṇḍikā.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ pattapiṇḍikānaṃ yvāyaṃ pattapiṇḍiko
appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya
pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṃ
imesaṃ pańcannaṃ pattapiṇḍikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca
pavaro ca.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā
navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo, sappimaṇḍo tattha
aggamakkhāyati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ
pattapiṇḍikānaṃ yvāyaṃ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṃyeva nissāya
santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya
idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṃ imesaṃ pańcannaṃ
pattapiṇḍikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā’’ti.
Dasamaṃ.
Arańńavaggo catuttho.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Arańńaṃ cīvaraṃ rukkha, susānaṃ abbhokāsikaṃ;
Nesajjaṃ santhataṃ ekāsanikaṃ, khalupacchāpiṇḍikena cāti.
(20) 5. Brāhmaṇavaggo
1. Soṇasuttaṃ
191. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, porāṇā brāhmaṇadhammā etarahi sunakhesu sandissanti, no
brāhmaṇesu. Katame pańca? Pubbe sudaṃ [pubbassudaṃ
(ka.)], bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃyeva gacchanti, no
abrāhmaṇiṃ. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇimpi gacchanti,
abrāhmaṇimpi gacchanti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā sunakhiṃyeva
gacchanti, no asunakhiṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo
etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.
‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ utuniṃyeva gacchanti, no
anutuniṃ. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ
utunimpi gacchanti, anutunimpi gacchanti .
Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā sunakhiṃ utuniṃyeva gacchanti, no anutuniṃ.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo etarahi sunakhesu
sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.
‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ neva kiṇanti no vikkiṇanti,
sampiyeneva saṃvāsaṃ saṃbandhāya [saṃsaggatthāya
(sī. pī.)] saṃpavattenti.
Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ kiṇantipi vikkiṇantipi,
sampiyenapi saṃvāsaṃ saṃbandhāya saṃpavattenti. Etarahi, bhikkhave,
sunakhā sunakhiṃ neva kiṇanti no vikkiṇanti, sampiyeneva saṃvāsaṃ
saṃbandhāya saṃpavattenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo
etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.
‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā na sannidhiṃ karonti dhanassapi dhańńassapi
rajatassapi jātarūpassapi. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā sannidhiṃ
karonti dhanassapi dhańńassapi rajatassapi jātarūpassapi. Etarahi,
bhikkhave, sunakhā na sannidhiṃ karonti dhanassapi dhańńassapi
rajatassapi jātarūpassapi. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho porāṇo
brāhmaṇadhammo etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.
‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave,
brāhmaṇā sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya bhikkhaṃ pariyesanti. Etarahi,
bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuńjitvā avasesaṃ ādāya
pakkamanti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya
bhikkhaṃ pariyesanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo
etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
porāṇā brāhmaṇadhammā etarahi sunakhesu sandissanti, no brāhmaṇesū’’ti.
Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Doṇabrāhmaṇasuttaṃ
192. Atha kho
doṇo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā
saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bho gotama –
‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate
vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti.
Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, tatheva. Na hi bhavaṃ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe
mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena
vā nimanteti. Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, na sampannamevā’’ti. ‘‘Tvampi no,
doṇa, brāhmaṇo paṭijānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yańhi taṃ, bho gotama, sammā vadamāno
vadeyya – ‘brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto – mātito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhito anupakkuṭṭho
jātivādena, ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū
sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapańcamānaṃ, padako
veyyākaraṇo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo’ti, mameva taṃ, bho
gotama, sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Ahańhi, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo ubhato
sujāto – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā
pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena, ajjhāyako mantadharo,
tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ
itihāsapańcamānaṃ, padako veyyākaraṇo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu
anavayo’’ti.
‘‘Ye kho, te doṇa, brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo
mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro, yesamidaṃ etarahi
brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ tadanugāyanti
tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti sajjhāyitamanusajjhāyanti
vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako, vāmako, vāmadevo, vessāmitto,
yamadaggi [yamataggi
(sī.) dī. ni. 1.284, 526, 536; ma. ni. 2.427; mahāva. 300; a. ni. 5.192
passitabbaṃ], aṅgīraso, bhāradvājo, vāseṭṭho, kassapo, bhagu;
tyāssu’me pańca brāhmaṇe pańńāpenti – brahmasamaṃ, devasamaṃ, mariyādaṃ,
sambhinnamariyādaṃ, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālaṃyeva pańcamaṃ. Tesaṃ tvaṃ doṇa,
katamo’’ti?
‘‘Na kho mayaṃ, bho gotama, pańca brāhmaṇe jānāma, atha kho mayaṃ
brāhmaṇātveva jānāma. Sādhu
me bhavaṃ gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ahaṃ ime pańca brāhmaṇe
jāneyya’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, suṇohi, sādhukaṃ manasi
karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato
paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo brahmasamo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato
sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā
pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni
komārabrahmacariyaṃ [kodhāraṃ
brahmacariyaṃ (syā. ka.)] carati
mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā
mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no
adhammena.
‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā
na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na issatthena [na
issattena (ka.)] na
rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya kapālaṃ
anatimańńamāno. So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā [nīyyādetvā
(sī.), nīyādetvā (pī.), niyyātetvā (katthaci)] kesamassuṃ
ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. So
evaṃ pabbajito samāno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā
viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ [catutthiṃ
(sī.)], iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ
lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyāpajjena [abyāpajjhena
(ka.) abyābajjhena (?)] pharitvā
viharati. Karuṇā…pe… muditā… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ
pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ ,
iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. So ime cattāro brahmavihāre
bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ brahmalokaṃ upapajjati. Evaṃ
kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo brahmasamo hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo devasamo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato
sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā
pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena .
So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno.
Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā
ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena. Tattha ca,
doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na issatthena na
rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno.
So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no
adhammena.
‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kayena na vikkayena, brāhmaṇiṃyeva
udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ. So brāhmaṇiṃyeva gacchati, na khattiyiṃ na vessiṃ na
suddiṃ na caṇḍāliṃ na nesādiṃ na veniṃ [na
veṇiṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] na
rathakāriṃ na pukkusiṃ gacchati, na gabbhiniṃ gacchati, na pāyamānaṃ
gacchati, na anutuniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na gabbhiniṃ
gacchati? Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo gabbhiniṃ gacchati, atimīḷhajo nāma so
hoti māṇavako vā māṇavikā [māṇavakī
(ka.)] vā .
Tasmā, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na gabbhiniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na
pāyamānaṃ gacchati? Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo pāyamānaṃ gacchati,
asucipaṭipīḷito nāma so hoti māṇavako vā māṇavikā vā. Tasmā, doṇa,
brāhmaṇo na pāyamānaṃ gacchati. Tassa sā hoti brāhmaṇī neva kāmatthā na
davatthā na ratatthā, pajatthāva brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī hoti. So methunaṃ
uppādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno vivicceva kāmehi…pe…
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So ime cattāro jhāne bhāvetvā
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo devasamo hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo mariyādo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato
sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā
pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni
komārabrahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni
komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ
pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena .
Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na
issatthena na rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya
kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno. So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ
pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena.
‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa , ko
dhammo? Neva kayena na vikkayena, brāhmaṇiṃyeva udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ. So
brāhmaṇiṃyeva gacchati, na khattiyiṃ na vessiṃ na suddiṃ na caṇḍāliṃ na
nesādiṃ na veniṃ na rathakāriṃ na pukkusiṃ gacchati, na gabbhiniṃ
gacchati, na pāyamānaṃ gacchati, na anutuniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa,
brāhmaṇo na gabbhiniṃ gacchati? Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo gabbhiniṃ gacchati,
atimīḷhajo nāma so hoti māṇavako vā māṇavikā vā. Tasmā, doṇa, brāhmaṇo
na gabbhiniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na pāyamānaṃ gacchati?
Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo pāyamānaṃ gacchati, asucipaṭipīḷito nāma so hoti
māṇavako vā māṇavikā vā. Tasmā, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na pāyamānaṃ gacchati.
Tassa sā hoti brāhmaṇī neva kāmatthā na davatthā na ratatthā, pajatthāva
brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī hoti. So methunaṃ uppādetvā tameva puttassādaṃ
nikāmayamāno kuṭumbaṃ ajjhāvasati, na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati.
Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha tiṭṭhati, taṃ na vītikkamati.
‘Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha brāhmaṇo ṭhito taṃ na
vītikkamatī’ti, kho, doṇa, tasmā brāhmaṇo mariyādoti vuccati. Evaṃ kho,
doṇa, brāhmaṇo mariyādo hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo sambhinnamariyādo hoti? Idha ,
doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca,
saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
jātivādena . So
aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno.
Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā
ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena.
‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na
issatthena na rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya
kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno. So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ pariyesati
dhammenapi adhammenapi kayenapi vikkayenapi brāhmaṇimpi udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ.
So brāhmaṇimpi gacchati khattiyimpi gacchati vessimpi gacchati suddimpi
gacchati caṇḍālimpi gacchati nesādimpi gacchati venimpi gacchati
rathakārimpi gacchati pukkusimpi gacchati gabbhinimpi gacchati
pāyamānampi gacchati utunimpi gacchati anutunimpi gacchati. Tassa sā
hoti brāhmaṇī kāmatthāpi davatthāpi ratatthāpi pajatthāpi brāhmaṇassa
brāhmaṇī hoti. Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha na tiṭṭhati,
taṃ vītikkamati. ‘Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha brāhmaṇo na
ṭhito taṃ vītikkamatī’ti kho, doṇa, tasmā brāhmaṇo sambhinnamariyādoti
vuccati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo sambhinnamariyādo hoti.
‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇacaṇḍālo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo
ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva
sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho
jātivādena. So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ
carati mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ
caritvā mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammenapi
adhammenapi kasiyāpi vaṇijjāyapi gorakkhenapi issatthenapi
rājaporisenapi sippańńatarenapi, kevalampi bhikkhācariyāya, kapālaṃ
anatimańńamāno.
‘‘So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ pariyesati dhammenapi
adhammenapi kayenapi vikkayenapi brāhmaṇimpi udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ. So
brāhmaṇimpi gacchati khattiyimpi gacchati vessimpi gacchati suddimpi
gacchati caṇḍālimpi gacchati nesādimpi gacchati venimpi gacchati
rathakārimpi gacchati pukkusimpi gacchati gabbhinimpi gacchati
pāyamānampi gacchati utunimpi gacchati anutunimpi gacchati. Tassa sā
hoti brāhmaṇī kāmatthāpi davatthāpi ratatthāpi pajatthāpi brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī
hoti. So sabbakammehi jīvikaṃ [jīvitaṃ
(ka.)] kappeti.
Tamenaṃ brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘kasmā bhavaṃ brāhmaṇo paṭijānamāno
sabbakammehi jīvikaṃ kappetī’ti? So evamāha – ‘seyyathāpi, bho, aggi
sucimpi ḍahati asucimpi ḍahati, na ca tena aggi upalippati [upalimpati
(ka.)]; evamevaṃ kho, bho, sabbakammehi cepi brāhmaṇo jīvikaṃ
kappeti, na ca tena brāhmaṇo upalippati’. ‘Sabbakammehi jīvikaṃ
kappetī’ti kho, doṇa , tasmā
brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇacaṇḍāloti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo
brāhmaṇacaṇḍālo hoti.
‘‘Ye kho te, doṇa, brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo
mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ
mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samīhitaṃ tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti
bhāsitamanubhāsanti sajjhāyitamanusajjhāyanti vācimanuvācenti,
seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako, vāmako, vāmadevo, vessāmitto, yamadaggi,
aṅgīraso, bhāradvājo, vāseṭṭho ,
kassapo, bhagu; tyāssume pańca brāhmaṇe pańńāpenti – brahmasamaṃ,
devasamaṃ, mariyādaṃ, sambhinnamariyādaṃ, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālaṃyeva pańcamaṃ.
Tesaṃ tvaṃ, doṇa, katamo’’ti?
‘‘Evaṃ sante mayaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālampi na pūrema.
Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge
pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Saṅgāravasuttaṃ
193. Atha kho
saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā
saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ
sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā? Ko pana, bho
gotama, hetu ko paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā
paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā’’ti?
‘‘Yasmiṃ, brāhmaṇa, samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati
kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti , attatthampi
tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā
nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto
saṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mańjiṭṭhāya vā. Tattha
cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ
paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na
passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena
cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā
nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā
viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā
nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto
agginā santatto ukkudhito [ukkaṭṭhito
(sī. pī.), ukkuṭṭhito (syā. kaṃ.)] ussadakajāto [usumakajāto
(katthaci), ussurakajāto (ka.), usmudakajāto (ma. ni. 3 majjhimanikāye)].
Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ
nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye
byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca
byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ
samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi
mantā nappaṭibhanti , pageva
asajjhāyakatā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā
viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na
passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva
asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho.
Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ
nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye
thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena,
uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ
samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi
mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena
cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca
uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi
tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe…
ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati,
dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.
Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto vāterito calito bhanto ūmijāto [ummijāto
(pī.)]. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ
paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho,
brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati
uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi
mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā
viharati vicikicchāparetena ,
uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti,
attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati,
paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na
passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva
asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto āvilo luḷito kalalībhūto
andhakāre nikkhitto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ
paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho,
brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati
vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na
passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti,
pageva asajjhāyakatā.
‘‘Yasmińca kho, brāhmaṇa,
samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena,
uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi
tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva
sajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto asaṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā
haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mańjiṭṭhāya vā.
Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ
pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na
kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe… .
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā
viharati…pe… seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā asantatto anukkudhito
anussadakajāto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ
paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa,
yasmiṃ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe….
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena
cetasā viharati…pe… seyyathāpi,
brāhmaṇa, udapatto na sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho. Tattha cakkhumā puriso
sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya.
Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena
cetasā viharati…pe….
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa ,
yasmiṃ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe…
seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na vāterito na calito na bhanto na
ūmijāto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno
yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na
uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe….
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena
cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya
nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ,
attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi
tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā
paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto accho
vippasanno anāvilo āloke nikkhitto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ
mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ
kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati
na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati,
paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti
passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva
sajjhāyakatā.
‘‘Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ
sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā .
Ayaṃ pana, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ
asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā’’ti.
‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu
ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Kāraṇapālīsuttaṃ
194. Ekaṃ
samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho
pana samayena kāraṇapālī [karaṇapālī
(ka.)] brāhmaṇo
licchavīnaṃ kammantaṃ kāreti. Addasā kho kāraṇapālī brāhmaṇo piṅgiyāniṃ
brāhmaṇaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ;
disvā piṅgiyāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Handa, kuto nu bhavaṃ piṅgiyānī āgacchati divā divassā’’ti? ‘‘Itohaṃ [idhāhaṃ
(syā. kaṃ.), ito hi kho ahaṃ (ma. ni. 1.288)], bho, āgacchāmi
samaṇassa gotamassa santikā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńati bhavaṃ, piṅgiyānī,
samaṇassa gotamassa
pańńāveyyattiyaṃ? Paṇḍito mańńe’’ti? ‘‘Ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇassa
gotamassa pańńāveyyattiyaṃ jānissāmi! Sopi nūnassa tādisova yo samaṇassa
gotamassa pańńāveyyattiyaṃ jāneyyā’’ti! ‘‘Uḷārāya khalu bhavaṃ,
piṅgiyānī, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatī’’ti. ‘‘Ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko
ca samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
pasaṃsissāmi! Pasatthappasatthova [pasaṭṭhapasaṭṭho
ca (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] so
bhavaṃ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussāna’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana bhavaṃ, piṅgiyānī,
atthavasaṃ sampassamāno samaṇe gotame evaṃ abhippasanno’’ti?
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso aggarasaparititto na ańńesaṃ hīnānaṃ rasānaṃ
piheti; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ
suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi
abbhutadhammaso – tato tato na ańńesaṃ puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇappavādānaṃ
piheti.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso jighacchādubbalyapareto madhupiṇḍikaṃ
adhigaccheyya. So yato yato sāyetha, labhateva [sāyeyya,
labhetheva (ma. ni. 1.205)] sādurasaṃ
asecanakaṃ; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ
suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi
abbhutadhammaso – tato tato labhateva attamanataṃ, labhati cetaso
pasādaṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso candanaghaṭikaṃ adhigaccheyya – haricandanassa
vā lohitacandanassa vā. So yato yato ghāyetha – yadi mūlato, yadi
majjhato, yadi aggato – adhigacchateva [adhigacchetheva
(?)] surabhigandhaṃ
asecanakaṃ; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ
suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi
abbhutadhammaso – tato tato adhigacchati pāmojjaṃ adhigacchati
somanassaṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Tassa kusalo
bhisakko ṭhānaso ābādhaṃ nīhareyya; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa
bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi
veyyākaraṇaso, yadi abbhutadhammaso – tato tato
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bho,
pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā. Atha
puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito .
So taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā nhātvā ca pivitvā ca
sabbadarathakilamathapariḷāhaṃ paṭippassambheyya. Evamevaṃ kho, bho,
yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi
geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi abbhutadhammaso – tato tato
sabbadarathakilamathapariḷāhā paṭippassambhantī’’ti.
Evaṃ vutte kāraṇapālī brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā
dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenańjaliṃ
paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
‘‘Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa;
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa;
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti.
‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bho piṅgiyāni, abhikkantaṃ, bho piṅgiyāni! Seyyathāpi,
bho piṅgiyāni, nikkujjitaṃ [nikujjitaṃ
(ka.)] vā ukkujjeyya
paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya andhakāre vā
telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhotā
piṅgiyāninā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bho piṅgiyāni, taṃ
bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammańca bhikkhusaṅghańca. Upāsakaṃ
maṃ bhavaṃ piṅgiyānī dhāretu, ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
Catutthaṃ.
5. Piṅgiyānīsuttaṃ
195. Ekaṃ
samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho
pana samayena pańcamattāni licchavisatāni bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanti.
Appekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā,
appekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā ,
appekacce licchavī lohitakā honti lohitakavaṇṇā lohitakavatthā
lohitakālaṅkārā, appekacce licchavī odātā honti
odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Tyassudaṃ bhagavā atirocati vaṇṇena
ceva yasasā ca.
Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo
uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenańjaliṃ
paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭibhāti maṃ, bhagavā, paṭibhāti
maṃ, sugatā’’ti. ‘‘Paṭibhātu taṃ piṅgiyānī’’ti bhagavā avoca. Atha kho
piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāya gāthāya abhitthavi –
‘‘Padmaṃ [padumaṃ
(ka.) saṃ. ni. 1.132] yathā
kokanadaṃ [kokanudaṃ
(syā. kaṃ.)] sugandhaṃ,
Pāto siyā phullamavītagandhaṃ;
Aṅgīrasaṃ passa virocamānaṃ,
Tapantamādiccamivantalikkhe’’ti.
Atha kho te licchavī pańcahi uttarāsaṅgasatehi piṅgiyāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ
acchādesuṃ. Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo tehi pańcahi uttarāsaṅgasatehi
bhagavantaṃ acchādesi .
Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘pańcannaṃ, licchavī,
ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Tathāgatassa
arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ.
Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ.
Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa vińńātā puggalo dullabho
lokasmiṃ. Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa vińńātā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno
puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katańńū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ.
Imesaṃ kho, licchavī, pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho
lokasmi’’nti [a.
ni. 5.143]. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Mahāsupinasuttaṃ
196.
‘‘Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā
anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato pańca mahāsupinā pāturahesuṃ.
Katame pańca? Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva
sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ
mahāpathavī mahāsayanaṃ ahosi, himavā pabbatarājā bibbohanaṃ [bibbohanaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), bimba + ohanaṃ = iti padavibhāgo] ahosi,
puratthime samudde vāmo hattho ohito ahosi, pacchime samudde dakkhiṇo
hattho ohito ahosi, dakkhiṇe
samudde ubho pādā ohitā ahesuṃ. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato
sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva
sato ayaṃ paṭhamo mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa
pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato tiriyā nāma
tiṇajāti nābhiyā uggantvā nabhaṃ āhacca ṭhitā ahosi. Tathāgatassa,
bhikkhave , arahato
sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva
sato ayaṃ dutiyo mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa
pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato setā kimī
kaṇhasīsā pādehi ussakkitvā ( ) [(agganakhato)
katthaci dissati] yāva
jāṇumaṇḍalā paṭicchādesuṃ. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa
pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ tatiyo
mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa
pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato cattāro sakuṇā
nānāvaṇṇā catūhi disāhi āgantvā pādamūle nipatitvā sabbasetā
sampajjiṃsu. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva
sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ catuttho
mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pubbeva
sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno mahato mīḷhapabbatassa
uparūpari caṅkamati alippamāno mīḷhena. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato
sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva
sato ayaṃ pańcamo mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Yampi , bhikkhave,
tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā
anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ mahāpathavī mahāsayanaṃ
ahosi, himavā pabbatarājā bibbohanaṃ ahosi, puratthime samudde vāmo
hattho ohito ahosi, pacchime samudde dakkhiṇo hattho ohito ahosi,
dakkhiṇe samudde ubho pādā ohitā ahesuṃ; tathāgatena ,
bhikkhave, arahatā sammāsambuddhena anuttarā sammāsambodhi
abhisambuddhā. Tassā abhisambodhāya ayaṃ paṭhamo mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Yampi , bhikkhave,
tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā
anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato tiriyā nāma tiṇajāti
nābhiyā uggantvā nabhaṃ āhacca ṭhitā ahosi; tathāgatena, bhikkhave,
arahatā sammāsambuddhena ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo abhisambujjhitvā yāva
devamanussehi suppakāsito. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ dutiyo mahāsupino
pāturahosi.
‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva
sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato setā kimī kaṇhasīsā
pādehi ussakkitvā yāva jāṇumaṇḍalā paṭicchādesuṃ; bahū, bhikkhave, gihī
odātavasanā tathāgataṃ pāṇupetā [pāṇupetaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] saraṇaṃ
gatā. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ tatiyo mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva
sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato cattāro sakuṇā
nānāvaṇṇā catūhi disāhi āgantvā pādamūle nipatitvā sabbasetā
sampajjiṃsu; cattārome, bhikkhave, vaṇṇā khattiyā brāhmaṇā vessā suddā
te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā
anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikaronti. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ catuttho
mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pubbeva sambodhā
anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno mahato mīḷhapabbatassa uparūpari
caṅkamati alippamāno mīḷhena;
lābhī, bhikkhave, tathāgato
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ, taṃ [tattha
ca (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] tathāgato
agathito [agadhito
(syā. pī. ka.)] amucchito
anajjhosanno [anajjhāpanno
(ka.) anajjhopanno (sī. syā.)] ādīnavadassāvī
nissaraṇapańńo paribhuńjati. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ pańcamo
mahāsupino pāturahosi.
‘‘Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā
anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ime pańca mahāsupinā
pāturahesu’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Vassasuttaṃ
197. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, vassassa antarāyā, yaṃ nemittā [nemittakā
(katthaci)] na
jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati. Katame pańca? Upari,
bhikkhave, ākāse tejodhātu pakuppati. Tena uppannā meghā
paṭivigacchanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā
na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, upari ākāse vāyodhātu pakuppati. Tena uppannā
meghā paṭivigacchanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ
nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rāhu asurindo pāṇinā udakaṃ sampaṭicchitvā
mahāsamudde chaḍḍeti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ
nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, vassavalāhakā devā pamattā honti. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, catuttho vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha
nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, manussā adhammikā honti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
pańcamo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ
cakkhu na kamati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca vassassa antarāyā, yaṃ
nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamatī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Vācāsuttaṃ
198. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti, no dubbhāsitā,
anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca vińńūnaṃ [ananuvajjā
vińńūnaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)]. Katamehi pańcahi? Kālena ca
bhāsitā hoti, saccā ca bhāsitā hoti, saṇhā ca bhāsitā hoti, atthasaṃhitā
ca bhāsitā hoti, mettacittena ca bhāsitā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā
subhāsitā hoti, no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca vińńūna’’nti.
Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Kulasuttaṃ
199. ‘‘Yaṃ,
bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā kulaṃ upasaṅkamanti, tattha manussā
pańcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puńńaṃ pasavanti. Katamehi pańcahi? Yasmiṃ,
bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā disvā
cittāni pasādenti [pasīdanti
(syā. kaṃ. ka.)], saggasaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ
samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.
‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante
manussā paccuṭṭhenti abhivādenti āsanaṃ denti, uccākulīnasaṃvattanikaṃ,
bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.
‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante
manussā maccheramalaṃ paṭivinenti [paṭivinodenti
(sī. pī.)], mahesakkhasaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ
samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.
‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante
manussā yathāsatti yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajanti, mahābhogasaṃvattanikaṃ ,
bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.
‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante
manussā paripucchanti paripańhanti dhammaṃ suṇanti,
mahāpańńāsaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ
paṭipannaṃ hoti. Yaṃ ,
bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā kulaṃ upasaṅkamanti, tattha manussā imehi
pańcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puńńaṃ pasavantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Nissāraṇīyasuttaṃ
200. ‘‘Pańcimā ,
bhikkhave, nissāraṇīyā [nissaraṇīyā
(pī.), nissaraṇiyā (dī. ni. 3.321)] dhātuyo.
Katamā pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmaṃ [kāme
(syā. kaṃ.) dī. ni. 3.321] manasikaroto
kāmesu cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.
Nekkhammaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto nekkhamme cittaṃ pakkhandati
pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ [sukataṃ
(pī. ka.)] subhāvitaṃ
suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ [visaṃyuttaṃ
(katthaci, dī. ni. 3.321)] kāmehi;
ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so
taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno byāpādaṃ manasikaroto byāpāde
cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Abyāpādaṃ
kho panassa manasikaroto abyāpāde cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati
santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ
suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ byāpādena; ye ca byāpādapaccayā uppajjanti
āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati.
Idamakkhātaṃ byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno vihesaṃ manasikaroto vihesāya
cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Avihesaṃ
kho panassa manasikaroto avihesāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati
santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ
suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ vihesāya; ye ca vihesāpaccayā uppajjanti āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ
vihesāya nissaraṇaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuno rūpaṃ manasikaroto rūpe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na
santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Arūpaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto arūpe cittaṃ
pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ
subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ rūpehi; ye ca
rūpapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ
vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
bhikkhuno sakkāyaṃ manasikaroto sakkāye cittaṃ na pakkhandati
nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Sakkāyanirodhaṃ kho panassa
manasikaroto sakkāyanirodhe
cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ
sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ sakkāyena; ye ca
sakkāyapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so
taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ sakkāyassa nissaraṇaṃ.
‘‘Tassa kāmanandīpi nānuseti, byāpādanandīpi nānuseti, vihesānandīpi
nānuseti , rūpanandīpi
nānuseti, sakkāyanandīpi nānuseti (so) [(
) katthaci natthi] kāmanandiyāpi
ananusayā, byāpādanandiyāpi ananusayā, vihesānandiyāpi ananusayā,
rūpanandiyāpi ananusayā, sakkāyanandiyāpi ananusayā. Ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu niranusayo, acchecchi [acchejji
(syā. kaṃ. ka.)] taṇhaṃ,
vivattayi [vāvattayi
(sī.)] saṃyojanaṃ,
sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca
nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Brāhmaṇavaggo pańcamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Soṇo doṇo saṅgāravo,
kāraṇapālī ca piṅgiyānī;
Supinā ca vassā vācā, kulaṃ nissāraṇīyena cāti.
Catutthaṃpaṇṇāsakaṃ samatto.
5. Pańcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ
(21) 1. Kimilavaggo
1. Kimilasuttaṃ
201. Ekaṃ samayaṃ
bhagavā kimilāyaṃ [kimbilāyaṃ
(sī. pī.) a. ni. 6.40; 7.59] viharati
veḷuvane. Atha kho āyasmā kimilo [kimbilo
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] yena
bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko
nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na
ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū
bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari agāravā viharanti appatissā,
dhamme agāravā viharanti appatissā, saṅghe agāravā viharanti appatissā,
sikkhāya agāravā viharanti appatissā, ańńamańńaṃ agāravā viharanti
appatissā. Ayaṃ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena tathāgate
parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti.
‘‘Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo
ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū
bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari sagāravā viharanti sappatissā,
dhamme sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, saṅghe sagāravā viharanti
sappatissā, sikkhāya sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, ańńamańńaṃ sagāravā
viharanti sappatissā. Ayaṃ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena
tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko
hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dhammassavanasuttaṃ
202. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dhammassavane. Katame pańca? Assutaṃ suṇāti ,
sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṃ vitarati [vihanati
(syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)], diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti, cittamassa pasīdati.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā dhammassavane’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Assājānīyasuttaṃ
203. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo bhadro [bhaddo
(pī.)] assājānīyo
rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Ajjavena, javena, maddavena, khantiyā, soraccena –
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo bhadro assājānīyo
rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. ‘‘Evamevaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti
pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Ajjavena, javena, maddavena, khantiyā, soraccena –
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti
pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ
lokassā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Balasuttaṃ
204.
‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hiribalaṃ,
ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca
balānī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Cetokhilasuttaṃ
205.[a.
ni. 9.71; ma. ni. 1.185; dī. ni. 3.319] ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, cetokhilā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave ,
bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na
sampasīdati. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati
nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya
padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya
padhānāya, ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhilo.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati…pe… saṅghe
kaṅkhati…pe… sikkhāya kaṅkhati…pe… sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano
āhatacitto khilajāto. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito
hoti anattamano āhatacitto
khilajāto, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya
padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya
padhānāya, ayaṃ pańcamo cetokhilo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
cetokhilā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Vinibandhasuttaṃ
206.[a.
ni. 9.72; dī. ni. 3.320] ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā [cetovinibaddhā
(sāratthadīpanīṭīkāyaṃ)]. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
kāmesu avītarāgo [avigatarāgo
(ka.)] hoti
avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho.
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando
avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho, tassa cittaṃ na
namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati
ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ paṭhamo cetasovinibandho.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye avītarāgo hoti…pe… rūpe
avītarāgo hoti…pe…
yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuńjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ
middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati…pe… ańńataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ
carati – ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo
vā bhavissāmi devańńataro vā’ti. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ
devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati – ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena
vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devańńataro vā’ti,
tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa
cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ pańcamo
cetasovinibandho. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca cetasovinibandhā’’ti.
Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Yāgusuttaṃ
207. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā yāguyā. Katame pańca? Khuddaṃ [khudaṃ
(sī. pī.) khudhāti sakkatānulomaṃ. mahāva. 282]paṭihanati,
pipāsaṃ paṭivineti, vātaṃ anulometi, vatthiṃ sodheti, āmāvasesaṃ pāceti.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā yāguyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Dantakaṭṭhasuttaṃ
208. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā dantakaṭṭhassa akhādane. Katame pańca? Acakkhussaṃ,
mukhaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti, rasaharaṇiyo na visujjhanti, pittaṃ semhaṃ
bhattaṃ pariyonandhati [pariyonaddhanti
(sī. pī.), pariyonaddhati (syā. kaṃ. ka.) cūḷava. 282 passitabbaṃ],
bhattamassa nacchādeti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā dantakaṭṭhassa
akhādane.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dantakaṭṭhassa khādane. Katame pańca?
Cakkhussaṃ, mukhaṃ na
duggandhaṃ hoti, rasaharaṇiyo visujjhanti, pittaṃ semhaṃ bhattaṃ na
pariyonandhati, bhattamassa chādeti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā
dantakaṭṭhassa khādane’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Gītassarasuttaṃ
209.[cūḷava.
249] ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā āyatakena gītassarena dhammaṃ bhaṇantassa. Katame
pańca? Attanāpi tasmiṃ sare sārajjati, parepi tasmiṃ sare sārajjanti,
gahapatikāpi ujjhāyanti – ‘yatheva mayaṃ gāyāma, evamevaṃ kho samaṇā
sakyaputtiyā gāyantī’ti, sarakuttimpi nikāmayamānassa samādhissa bhaṅgo
hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ādīnavā āyatakena gītassarena dhammaṃ bhaṇantassā’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Muṭṭhassatisuttaṃ
210.[mahāva.
353] ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato .
Katame pańca? Dukkhaṃ supati, dukkhaṃ paṭibujjhati, pāpakaṃ supinaṃ
passati, devatā na rakkhanti, asuci muccati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitassatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ
okkamayato. Katame pańca? Sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ
supinaṃ passati , devatā
rakkhanti, asuci na muccati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā
upaṭṭhitassatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Kimilavaggo paṭhamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Kimilo dhammassavanaṃ,
ājānīyo balaṃ khilaṃ;
Vinibandhaṃ yāgu kaṭṭhaṃ, gītaṃ muṭṭhassatinā cāti.
(22) 2. Akkosakavaggo
1. Akkosakasuttaṃ
211. ‘‘Yo so,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosakaparibhāsako ariyūpavādī sabrahmacārīnaṃ,
tassa pańca ādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā. Katame pańca? Pārājiko vā hoti
chinnaparipantho [chinnaparibandho
(ka.)], ańńataraṃ vā saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati, bāḷhaṃ vā
rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
akkosakaparibhāsako ariyūpavādī sabrahmacārīnaṃ, tassa ime pańca ādīnavā
pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Bhaṇḍanakārakasuttaṃ
212. ‘‘Yo so,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako
saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, tassa pańca ādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā. Katame pańca?
Anadhigataṃ nādhigacchati, adhigatā [adhigataṃ
(sabbattha)] parihāyati,
pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Yo so,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako
saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, tassa ime pańca ādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti.
Dutiyaṃ.
3. Sīlasuttaṃ
213.[mahāva.
209; dī. ni. 3.316] ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pańca? Idha,
bhikkhave, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ
nigacchati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
dussīlo sīlavipanno yańńadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi
khattiyaparisaṃ, yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ, yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi
samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ
maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
pańcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pańca?
Idha, bhikkhave, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ
bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato
sīlasampadāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavā sīlasampanno yańńadeva parisaṃ
upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ, yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ ,
yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado upasaṅkamati
amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ bhikkhave, tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho
ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,
sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Bahubhāṇisuttaṃ
214. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā bahubhāṇismiṃ puggale. Katame pańca? Musā bhaṇati,
pisuṇaṃ bhaṇati, pharusaṃ bhaṇati, samphappalāpaṃ bhaṇati, kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā bahubhāṇismiṃ puggale.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā mantabhāṇismiṃ puggale. Katame pańca? Na
musā bhaṇati, na pisuṇaṃ bhaṇati, na pharusaṃ bhaṇati, na samphappalāpaṃ
bhaṇati, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā mantabhāṇismiṃ puggale’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Paṭhamaakkhantisuttaṃ
215. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā akkhantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa appiyo hoti
amanāpo, verabahulo ca hoti, vajjabahulo ca, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti,
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā
akkhantiyā.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā khantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa
piyo hoti manāpo, na verabahulo hoti, na vajjabahulo, asammūḷho kālaṃ
karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā khantiyā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Dutiyaakkhantisuttaṃ
216. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā akkhantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa appiyo hoti
amanāpo, luddo ca hoti, vippaṭisārī ca, sammūḷho kālaṃ
karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā akkhantiyā.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā khantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa
piyo hoti manāpo, aluddo ca hoti, avippaṭisārī ca, asammūḷho kālaṃ
karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā khantiyā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Paṭhamaapāsādikasuttaṃ
217. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā apāsādike. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ upavadati,
anuvicca vińńū garahanti, pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, sammūḷho
kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ
nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā apāsādike.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā pāsādike .
Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na upavadati, anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti,
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ānisaṃsā pāsādike’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Dutiyaapāsādikasuttaṃ
218. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā apāsādike. Katame pańca? Appasannā nappasīdanti,
pasannānańca ekaccānaṃ ańńathattaṃ hoti, satthusāsanaṃ akataṃ [na
kataṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] hoti,
pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ
āpajjati, cittamassa nappasīdati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā
apāsādike.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā pāsādike. Katame pańca? Appasannā
pasīdanti, pasannānańca bhiyyobhāvo hoti, satthusāsanaṃ kataṃ hoti,
pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, cittamassa pasīdati. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā pāsādike’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Aggisuttaṃ
219. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā aggismiṃ. Katame pańca? Acakkhusso, dubbaṇṇakaraṇo,
dubbalakaraṇo, saṅgaṇikāpavaḍḍhano [saṅgaṇikāpavaddhano
(sī.), saṅgaṇikārāmabaddhano (ka.)], tiracchānakathāpavattaniko
hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā aggismi’’nti. Navamaṃ.
10. Madhurāsuttaṃ
220. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā madhurāyaṃ. Katame pańca? Visamā, bahurajā,
caṇḍasunakhā, vāḷayakkhā, dullabhapiṇḍā – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ādīnavā madhurāya’’nti. Dasamaṃ.
Akkosakavaggo dutiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Akkosabhaṇḍanasīlaṃ ,
bahubhāṇī dve akhantiyo;
Apāsādikā dve vuttā, aggismiṃ madhurena cāti.
(23) 3. Dīghacārikavaggo
1. Paṭhamadīghacārikasuttaṃ
221. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato.
Katame pańca? Assutaṃ na suṇāti, sutaṃ na pariyodāpeti, sutenekaccena
avisārado hoti, gāḷhaṃ [bāḷhaṃ
(syā.)] rogātaṅkaṃ
phusati, na ca mittavā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā
dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samavatthacāre. Katame pańca? Assutaṃ
suṇāti, sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, sutenekaccena visārado hoti, na gāḷhaṃ
rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, mittavā ca hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā
samavatthacāre’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Dutiyadīghacārikasuttaṃ
222. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato.
Katame pańca? Anadhigataṃ nādhigacchati, adhigatā parihāyati,
adhigatenekaccena avisārado hoti, gāḷhaṃ rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, na ca
mittavā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā dīghacārikaṃ
anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samavatthacāre.
Katame pańca? Anadhigataṃ adhigacchati, adhigatā na parihāyati,
adhigatenekaccena visārado hoti, na gāḷhaṃ rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, mittavā
ca hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samavatthacāre’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Atinivāsasuttaṃ
223. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā atinivāse. Katame pańca? Bahubhaṇḍo hoti
bahubhaṇḍasannicayo, bahubhesajjo hoti bahubhesajjasannicayo, bahukicco
hoti bahukaraṇīyo byatto kiṃkaraṇīyesu, saṃsaṭṭho viharati
gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena, tamhā ca āvāsā
pakkamanto sāpekkho pakkamati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā
atinivāse.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samavatthavāse. Katame pańca? Na
bahubhaṇḍo hoti na bahubhaṇḍasannicayo, na bahubhesajjo hoti na
bahubhesajjasannicayo, na bahukicco hoti na bahukaraṇīyo na byatto
kiṃkaraṇīyesu, asaṃsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena
gihisaṃsaggena, tamhā ca āvāsā pakkamanto anapekkho pakkamati. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samavatthavāse’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Maccharīsuttaṃ
224. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā atinivāse. Katame pańca? Āvāsamaccharī hoti,
kulamaccharī hoti, lābhamaccharī hoti, vaṇṇamaccharī hoti,
dhammamaccharī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā atinivāse.
‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave,
ānisaṃsā samavatthavāse. Katame pańca? Na āvāsamaccharī
hoti, na kulamaccharī hoti, na lābhamaccharī hoti, na vaṇṇamaccharī
hoti, na dhammamaccharī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā
samavatthavāse’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Paṭhamakulūpakasuttaṃ
225. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā kulūpake [kulupake
(syā. pī.), kulūpage (sī.)]. Katame pańca? Anāmantacāre āpajjati,
raho nisajjāya āpajjati, paṭicchanne āsane āpajjati, mātugāmassa uttari
chappańcavācāhi dhammaṃ
desento āpajjati, kāmasaṅkappabahulo viharati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ādīnavā kulūpake’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Dutiyakulūpakasuttaṃ
226. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā kulūpakassa bhikkhuno ativelaṃ kulesu saṃsaṭṭhassa
viharato. Katame pańca? Mātugāmassa abhiṇhadassanaṃ, dassane sati
saṃsaggo, saṃsagge sati vissāso, vissāse sati otāro, otiṇṇacittassetaṃ
pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘anabhirato vā brahmacariyaṃ carissati ańńataraṃ vā
saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjissati sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattissati’. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā kulūpakassa
bhikkhuno ativelaṃ kulesu saṃsaṭṭhassa viharato’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Bhogasuttaṃ
227. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā bhogesu. Katame pańca? Aggisādhāraṇā bhogā,
udakasādhāraṇā bhogā, rājasādhāraṇā bhogā, corasādhāraṇā bhogā, appiyehi
dāyādehi sādhāraṇā bhogā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā bhogesu.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā bhogesu. Katame pańca? Bhoge nissāya
attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ
pariharati, mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati,
puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti
sammā sukhaṃ pariharati, mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ
pariharati, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti
sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ānisaṃsā bhogesū’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Ussūrabhattasuttaṃ
228. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā ussūrabhatte kule. Katame pańca? Ye te atithī pāhunā,
te na kālena paṭipūjenti; yā
tā balipaṭiggāhikā devatā, tā na kālena paṭipūjenti; ye te
samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā, te na
kālena paṭipūjenti; dāsakammakaraporisā vimukhā kammaṃ karonti;
tāvatakaṃyeva asamayena bhuttaṃ anojavantaṃ hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave,
pańca ādīnavā ussūrabhatte kule.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samayabhatte kule. Katame pańca? Ye te
atithī pāhunā, te kālena paṭipūjenti; yā tā balipaṭiggāhikā devatā, tā
kālena paṭipūjenti; ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā
vikālabhojanā, te kālena paṭipūjenti; dāsakammakaraporisā avimukhā
kammaṃ karonti; tāvatakaṃyeva samayena bhuttaṃ ojavantaṃ hoti. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samayabhatte kule’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Paṭhamakaṇhasappasuttaṃ
229. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā kaṇhasappe. Katame pańca? Asuci, duggandho, sabhīru,
sappaṭibhayo, mittadubbhī – ime kho, bhikkhave ,
pańca ādīnavā kaṇhasappe. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime ādīnavā
mātugāme. Katame pańca? Asuci, duggandho, sabhīru, sappaṭibhayo,
mittadubbhī – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā mātugāme’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Dutiyakaṇhasappasuttaṃ
230. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā kaṇhasappe. Katame pańca? Kodhano, upanāhī,
ghoraviso, dujjivho, mittadubbhī – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā kaṇhasappe.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave,
pańcime ādīnavā mātugāme. Katame pańca? Kodhano, upanāhī, ghoraviso,
dujjivho, mittadubbhī. Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa ghoravisatā –
yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, mātugāmo tibbarāgo. Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave,
mātugāmassa dujjivhatā – yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, mātugāmo pisuṇavāco.
Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa mittadubbhitā – yebhuyyena ,
bhikkhave, mātugāmo aticārinī. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā
mātugāme’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Dīghacārikavaggo tatiyo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Dve dīghacārikā vuttā, atinivāsamaccharī;
Dve ca kulūpakā bhogā, bhattaṃ sappāpare duveti.
(24) 4. Āvāsikavaggo
1. Āvāsikasuttaṃ
231. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu abhāvanīyo hoti.
Katamehi pańcahi? Na ākappasampanno hoti na vattasampanno; na bahussuto
hoti na sutadharo; na paṭisallekhitā [sallekhitā
(ka. sī.)] hoti na
paṭisallānārāmo; na kalyāṇavāco hoti na kalyāṇavākkaraṇo; duppańńo hoti
jaḷo eḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko
bhikkhu abhāvanīyo hoti.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu bhāvanīyo
hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Ākappasampanno hoti
vattasampanno; bahussuto hoti sutadharo; paṭisallekhitā hoti
paṭisallānārāmo; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo; pańńavā hoti ajaḷo aneḷamūgo.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu
bhāvanīyo hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Piyasuttaṃ
232. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca
hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca.
‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati
ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati
sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā
ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā
vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā ;
kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya
anelagalāya atthassa vińńāpaniyā; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī;
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ
abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo
ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Sobhanasuttaṃ
233. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsaṃ sobheti. Katamehi
pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti…pe…
samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā
suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya
samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa vińńāpaniyā; paṭibalo hoti
upasaṅkamante dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ
sampahaṃsetuṃ; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu
āvāsaṃ sobhetī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Bahūpakārasuttaṃ
234. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsassa bahūpakāro
hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu;
bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; khaṇḍaphullaṃ paṭisaṅkharoti;
mahā kho pana bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū gihīnaṃ
upasaṅkamitvā āroceti – ‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto
nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puńńāni, samayo puńńāni kātu’nti;
catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī
hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsassa bahūpakāro hotī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Anukampasuttaṃ
235. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṃ [gihiṃ
(syā.), gihī (katthaci)] anukampati.
Katamehi pańcahi? Adhisīle [adhisīlesu
(syā.)] samādapeti;
dhammadassane niveseti; gilānake upasaṅkamitvā satiṃ uppādeti –
‘arahaggataṃ āyasmanto satiṃ
upaṭṭhāpethā’ti; mahā kho pana bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā
bhikkhū gihīnaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āroceti – ‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho
abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puńńāni, samayo puńńāni
kātu’nti; yaṃ kho panassa bhojanaṃ denti lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā taṃ attanā
paribhuńjati, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṃ anukampatī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Paṭhamaavaṇṇārahasuttaṃ
236. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati;
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti;
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye
ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti; saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā
avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ
upadaṃseti; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti;
saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti.
Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Dutiyaavaṇṇārahasuttaṃ
237. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati;
āvāsamaccharī hoti āvāsapaligedhī; kulamaccharī hoti kulapaligedhī;
saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā
avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; na āvāsamaccharī hoti na āvāsapaligedhī; na kulamaccharī
hoti na kulapaligedhī; saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
sagge’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Tatiyaavaṇṇārahasuttaṃ
238. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati;
āvāsamaccharī hoti; kulamaccharī hoti; lābhamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā
avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ; na
āvāsamaccharī hoti; na kulamaccharī hoti ;
na lābhamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti.
Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Paṭhamamacchariyasuttaṃ
239. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato
āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi?
Āvāsamaccharī hoti; kulamaccharī hoti; lābhamaccharī hoti; vaṇṇamaccharī [dhammamaccharī
(ka.)] hoti;
saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na āvāsamaccharī hoti; na
kulamaccharī hoti; na lābhamaccharī hoti; na vaṇṇamaccharī hoti;
saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi
samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti.
Navamaṃ.
10. Dutiyamacchariyasuttaṃ
240. ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Āvāsamaccharī hoti; kulamaccharī hoti;
lābhamaccharī hoti; vaṇṇamaccharī hoti; dhammamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave,
dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge.
Katamehi pańcahi? Na āvāsamaccharī hoti; na kulamaccharī hoti; na
lābhamaccharī hoti; na
vaṇṇamaccharī hoti; na dhammamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
sagge’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Āvāsikavaggo catuttho.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Āvāsiko piyo ca sobhano,
Bahūpakāro anukampako ca;
Tayo avaṇṇārahā ceva,
Macchariyā duvepi cāti [yathābhataṃ
cāpi avaṇṇagedhā, catukkamacchera pańcamena cāti (sī. syā.) yathābhataṃ
avaṇṇańca, catuko macchariyena cāti (ka.)].
(25) 5. Duccaritavaggo
1. Paṭhamaduccaritasuttaṃ
241. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā duccarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ upavadati;
anuvicca vińńū garahanti; pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; sammūḷho
kālaṃ karoti; kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ
nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā duccarite.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā sucarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na
upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati;
asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti; kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā sucarite’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Paṭhamakāyaduccaritasuttaṃ
242. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā kāyaduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā kāyasucarite…pe…. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Paṭhamavacīduccaritasuttaṃ
243. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā vacīduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā vacīsucarite…pe…. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Paṭhamamanoduccaritasuttaṃ
244. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā manoduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā manosucarite .
Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ
na upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti;
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti; kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ānisaṃsā manosucarite’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Dutiyaduccaritasuttaṃ
245. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā duccarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ upavadati;
anuvicca vińńū garahanti; pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; saddhammā
vuṭṭhāti; asaddhamme patiṭṭhāti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā
duccarite.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā sucarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na
upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati;
asaddhammā vuṭṭhāti; saddhamme patiṭṭhāti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ānisaṃsā sucarite’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Dutiyakāyaduccaritasuttaṃ
246. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā kāyaduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā kāyasucarite…pe….
Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. Dutiyavacīduccaritasuttaṃ
247. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā vacīduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā vacīsucarite…pe….
Sattamaṃ.
8. Dutiyamanoduccaritasuttaṃ
248. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā manoduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā manosucarite. Katame
pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na
upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati; asaddhammā vuṭṭhāti; saddhamme patiṭṭhāti. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā manosucarite’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. Sivathikasuttaṃ
249. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā sivathikāya [sīvathikāya
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Katame pańca? Asuci, duggandhā,
sappaṭibhayā, vāḷānaṃ amanussānaṃ āvāso, bahuno janassa ārodanā – ime
kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā sivathikāya.
‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime ādīnavā sivathikūpame puggale. Katame
pańca? Idha , bhikkhave,
ekacco puggalo asucinā kāyakammena samannāgato hoti; asucinā vacīkammena
samannāgato hoti; asucinā manokammena samannāgato hoti. Idamassa
asucitāya vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, sivathikā asuci;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
‘‘Tassa asucinā kāyakammena samannāgatassa, asucinā vacīkammena
samannāgatassa, asucinā manokammena samannāgatassa pāpako kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati. Idamassa duggandhatāya vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave,
sivathikā duggandhā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
‘‘Tamenaṃ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṃ, asucinā vacīkammena
samannāgataṃ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṃ pesalā sabrahmacārī ārakā
parivajjanti. Idamassa sappaṭibhayasmiṃ vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā,
bhikkhave, sivathikā sappaṭibhayā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ
puggalaṃ vadāmi.
‘‘So asucinā kāyakammena samannāgato, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgato ,
asucinā manokammena samannāgato sabhāgehi puggalehi saddhiṃ saṃvasati.
Idamassa vāḷāvāsasmiṃ vadāmi.
Seyyathāpi sā , bhikkhave,
sivathikā vāḷānaṃ amanussānaṃ āvāso; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ
puggalaṃ vadāmi.
‘‘Tamenaṃ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṃ, asucinā vacīkammena
samannāgataṃ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṃ pesalā sabrahmacārī disvā
khīyadhammaṃ [khīyanadhammaṃ
(sī.)] āpajjanti –
‘aho vata no dukkhaṃ ye mayaṃ evarūpehi puggalehi saddhiṃ saṃvasāmā’ti!
Idamassa ārodanāya vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, sivathikā bahuno
janassa ārodanā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā sivathikūpame puggale’’ti. Navamaṃ.
10. Puggalappasādasuttaṃ
250. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, ādīnavā puggalappasāde. Katame pańca? Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave,
puggale puggalo abhippasanno hoti, so tathārūpaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti
yathārūpāya āpattiyā saṅgho ukkhipati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yo kho myāyaṃ
puggalo piyo manāpo so saṅghena ukkhitto’ti. Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo
hoti. Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo samāno ańńe bhikkhū na bhajati. Ańńe
bhikkhū abhajanto saddhammaṃ na suṇāti. Saddhammaṃ asuṇanto saddhammā
parihāyati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ādīnavo puggalappasāde.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ puggale puggalo abhippasanno hoti, so
tathārūpaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti yathārūpāya āpattiyā saṅgho ante
nisīdāpeti . Tassa evaṃ hoti
– ‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo piyo manāpo so saṅghena ante nisīdāpito’ti.
Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo hoti. Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo samāno ańńe
bhikkhū na bhajati. Ańńe bhikkhū abhajanto saddhammaṃ na suṇāti.
Saddhammaṃ asuṇanto saddhammā parihāyati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo
ādīnavo puggalappasāde.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ puggale puggalo abhippasanno hoti, so
disāpakkanto hoti…pe… so vibbhanto hoti…pe… so kālaṅkato
hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo piyo manāpo so
kālaṅkato’ti. Ańńe bhikkhū na bhajati. Ańńe bhikkhū abhajanto
saddhammaṃ na suṇāti. Saddhammaṃ asuṇanto saddhammā parihāyati. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, pańcamo ādīnavo puggalappasāde. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
ādīnavā puggalappasāde’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
Duccaritavaggo pańcamo.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Duccaritaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ,
vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ;
Catūhi pare dve sivathikā, puggalappasādena cāti.
Pańcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.
(26) 6. Upasampadāvaggo
1. Upasampādetabbasuttaṃ
251.[mahāva.
84] ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ. Katamehi
pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato
hoti; asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti; asekhena
pańńākkhandhena samannāgato hoti; asekhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato
hoti; asekhena vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā
upasampādetabba’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. Nissayasuttaṃ
252.[mahāva.
84] ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā nissayo dātabbo. Katamehi
pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato
hoti…pe… asekhena vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti.
Imehi…pe… nissayo dātabbo’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3. Sāmaṇerasuttaṃ
253.[mahāva.
84] ‘‘Pańcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena
samannāgato hoti; asekhena samādhikkhandhena… asekhena pańńākkhandhena…
asekhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekhena vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena
samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. Pańcamacchariyasuttaṃ
254. ‘‘Pańcimāni ,
bhikkhave, macchariyāni. Katamāni pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ,
kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ –
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca
macchariyāni. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ macchariyānaṃ etaṃ
paṭikuṭṭhaṃ [patikiṭṭhaṃ
(sī. pī.), paṭikkiṭṭhaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), paṭikiṭṭhaṃ (ka.)], yadidaṃ
dhammamacchariya’’nti. Catutthaṃ.
5. Macchariyappahānasuttaṃ
255. ‘‘Pańcannaṃ ,
bhikkhave, macchariyānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati.
Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Āvāsamacchariyassa pahānāya samucchedāya
brahmacariyaṃ vussati; kulamacchariyassa…pe… lābhamacchariyassa…
vaṇṇamacchariyassa… dhammamacchariyassa pahānāya samucchedāya
brahmacariyaṃ vussati. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ macchariyānaṃ
pahānāya samucchedāya brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.
6. Paṭhamajhānasuttaṃ
256. ‘‘Pańcime,
bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ,
lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharituṃ.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ,
lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharitu’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7-13. Dutiyajhānasuttādisattakaṃ
257-263.
‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhamme
appahāya abhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… abhabbo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… abhabbo
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… abhabbo sotāpattiphalaṃ… abhabbo sakadāgāmiphalaṃ…
abhabbo anāgāmiphalaṃ… abhabbo arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ
(sī.)] sacchikātuṃ.
Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ ,
kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ –
ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… bhabbo
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… bhabbo catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… bhabbo sotāpattiphalaṃ… bhabbo
sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… bhabbo anāgāmiphalaṃ… bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.
Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ,
vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme
pahāya bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātu’’nti. Terasamaṃ.
14. Aparapaṭhamajhānasuttaṃ
264. ‘‘Pańcime ,
bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ,
lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharituṃ.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ,
lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho,
bhikkhave, pańca dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharitu’’nti. Cuddasamaṃ.
15-21. Aparadutiyajhānasuttādisattakaṃ
265-271.
‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhamme
appahāya abhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ…
sotāpattiphalaṃ… sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… anāgāmiphalaṃ… arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.
Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ,
vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca
dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.
‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… sotāpattiphalaṃ… sakadāgāmiphalaṃ…
anāgāmiphalaṃ… arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ. Katame pańca?
Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ,
akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme pahāya
bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātu’’nti. Ekavīsatimaṃ.
Upasampadāvaggo chaṭṭho.
1. Sammutipeyyālaṃ
1. Bhattuddesakasuttaṃ
272. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako na sammannitabbo [na
sammanitabbo (ka.) cūḷava. 326 passitabbaṃ]. Katamehi pańcahi?
Chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati,
bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, uddiṭṭhānuddiṭṭhaṃ na jānāti – imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako na sammannitabbo.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammannitabbo.
Katamehi pańcahi? Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na
mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, uddiṭṭhānuddiṭṭhaṃ jānāti –
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako
sammannitabboti.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammato [sammatopi
(sī.)] na
pesetabbo…pe… sammato pesetabbo… bālo veditabbo… paṇḍito veditabbo…
khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati… akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ
pariharati… yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye… yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ
gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati,
uddiṭṭhānuddiṭṭhaṃ jānāti –
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako
yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2-14. Senāsanapańńāpakasuttāditerasakaṃ
273-285.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato senāsanapańńāpako na
sammannitabbo…pe… pańńattāpańńattaṃ na jānāti…pe… senāsanapańńāpako
sammannitabbo…pe… pańńattāpańńattaṃ jānāti…pe….
Senāsanagāhāpako na
sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ [pańńattāpańńattaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ.)] na
jānāti…pe… senāsanagāhāpako sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ [pańńattāpańńattaṃ
(sī. syā. kaṃ.)] jānāti…pe….
Bhaṇḍāgāriko na sammannitabbo…pe… guttāguttaṃ na jānāti… bhaṇḍāgāriko
sammannitabbo…pe… guttāguttaṃ jānāti…pe….
Cīvarapaṭiggāhako na sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ na jānāti…
cīvarapaṭiggāhako sammannitabbo …pe…
gahitāgahitaṃ jānāti…pe….
Cīvarabhājako na
sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ na jānāti… cīvarabhājako
sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ jānāti…pe….
Yāgubhājako na sammannitabbo…pe… yāgubhājako sammannitabbo…pe….
Phalabhājako na sammannitabbo…pe… phalabhājako sammannitabbo…pe….
Khajjakabhājako na sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ na jānāti…
khajjakabhājako sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ jānāti…pe….
Appamattakavissajjako na sammannitabbo…pe… vissajjitāvissajjitaṃ na
jānāti… appamattakavissajjako sammannitabbo…pe… vissajjitāvissajjitaṃ
jānāti….
Sāṭiyaggāhāpako na sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ na jānāti …
sāṭiyaggāhāpako sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ jānāti….
Pattaggāhāpako na sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ na jānāti…
pattaggāhāpako sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ jānāti….
Ārāmikapesako na
sammannitabbo…pe… ārāmikapesako sammannitabbo…pe….
Sāmaṇerapesako na sammannitabbo…pe… sāmaṇerapesako sammannitabbo…pe….
Sammato na pesetabbo…pe… sammato pesetabbo…pe….
Sāmaṇerapesako bālo veditabbo…pe… paṇḍito veditabbo… khataṃ upahataṃ
attānaṃ pariharati… akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati… yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ niraye… yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi
pańcahi? Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ
gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, pesitāpesitaṃ jānāti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato sāmaṇerapesako yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Cuddasamaṃ.
Sammutipeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
2. Sikkhāpadapeyyālaṃ
1. Bhikkhusuttaṃ
286. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī
hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi ?
Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, abrahmacariyā
paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā
paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato
bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2-7. Bhikkhunīsuttādichakkaṃ
287-292.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī…pe… sikkhamānā…
sāmaṇero… sāmaṇerī… upāsako… upāsikā yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.
Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātinī hoti, adinnādāyinī hoti,
kāmesumicchācārinī hoti, musāvādinī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyinī
hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā upāsikā
yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā upāsikā yathābhataṃ nikkhittā
evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā hoti, adinnādānā
paṭiviratā hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā hoti, musāvādā paṭiviratā hoti,
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā upāsikā yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ
sagge’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. Ājīvakasuttaṃ
293. ‘‘Pańcahi ,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ājīvako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ
niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī
hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho,
bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato ājīvako
yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9-17. Nigaṇṭhasuttādinavakaṃ
294-302.
‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato nigaṇṭho…pe… muṇḍasāvako…
jaṭilako… paribbājako… māgaṇḍiko… tedaṇḍiko… āruddhako… gotamako…
devadhammiko yathābhataṃ
nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī
hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi
dhammehi samannāgato devadhammiko yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye’’ti.
Sattarasamaṃ.
Sikkhāpadapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
3. Rāgapeyyālaṃ
303. ‘‘Rāgassa ,
bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Asubhasańńā,
maraṇasańńā, ādīnavasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke
anabhiratasańńā [sabbatthapi
evameva dissati] –
rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.
304. ‘‘Rāgassa,
bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Aniccasańńā,
anattasańńā, maraṇasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńā
– rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.
305. ‘‘Rāgassa ,
bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Aniccasańńā,
anicce dukkhasańńā, dukkhe anattasańńā, pahānasańńā, virāgasańńā –
rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.
306. ‘‘Rāgassa,
bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca?
Saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, pańńindriyaṃ
– rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.
307. ‘‘Rāgassa ,
bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Saddhābalaṃ,
vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – rāgassa, bhikkhave,
abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.
308-1151.
‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, parińńāya… parikkhayāya… pahānāya… khayāya…
vayāya… virāgāya… nirodhāya… cāgāya… paṭinissaggāya pańca dhammā
bhāvetabbā. Dosassa… mohassa… kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa…
paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa…
sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa …
madassa… pamādassa abhińńāya… parińńāya… parikkhayāya… pahānāya…
khayāya… vayāya… virāgāya… nirodhāya… cāgāya… paṭinissaggāya pańca
dhammā bhāvetabbā.
‘‘Katame pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ,
pańńābalaṃ – pamādassa, bhikkhave, paṭinissaggāya ime pańca dhammā
bhāvetabbā’’ti.
Rāgapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
Tassuddānaṃ –
Abhińńāya parińńāya parikkhayāya,
Pahānāya khayāya vayena ca;
Virāganirodhā cāgańca,
Paṭinissaggo ime dasāti.
Pańcakanipāto niṭṭhito.
Tatridaṃ vagguddānaṃ –
Sekhabalaṃ balańceva,
pańcaṅgikańca sumanaṃ;
Muṇḍanīvaraṇańca sańńańca, yodhājīvańca aṭṭhamaṃ;
Theraṃ kakudhaphāsuńca, andhakavindadvādasaṃ;
Gilānarājatikaṇḍaṃ, saddhammāghātupāsakaṃ;
Arańńabrāhmaṇańceva, kimilakkosakaṃ tathā;
Dīghācārāvāsikańca, duccaritūpasampadanti.
Pańcakanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā.
=============================
00 |
01
|
02
|
03
|
04
|
05
|
06|
07
|
08 |
09
|10
|11
=============================
Tăng Chi Bộ Kinh - giảng giải
Aṅguttaranikāya
Aṅguttaranikāya (aṭṭhakathā)
=============================
NGHIĘN CỨU PHẬT PHÁP